correggi questo script di post elaborazione di ultimaker cura: # Cura V2Neo Composite Thumbnail Creator Mk2
# Modificato per creare una miniatura composita compatibile con il firmware mriscoc
#
# Questo funziona solo con Cura 5.0 o versioni successive

import base64
import math

from UM.Logger import Logger
from cura.Snapshot import Snapshot
from cura.CuraVersion import CuraVersion

from ..Script import Script

class CreateV2NeoCompositeThumbnailMk2(Script):
    def __init__(self):
        super().__init__()

    def _createSnapshots(self, width, height, frame_count):
        Logger.log("d", "Creazione degli snapshot per la miniatura composita...")
        snapshots = []
        try:
            from UM.Application import Application
            from UM.Math.Matrix import Matrix
            app = Application.getInstance()

            # Salva la trasformazione originale della camera
            camera = app.getController().getScene().getActiveCamera()
            original_transformation = camera.getLocalTransformation()

            for i in range(frame_count):
                angle = (360 / frame_count) * i
                rotation_matrix = Matrix()
                rotation_matrix.setByRotation(math.radians(angle), 0, 0, 1)  # Ruota attorno all'asse Z
                camera.setLocalTransformation(rotation_matrix * original_transformation)
                snapshot = Snapshot.snapshot(width, height)
                if snapshot:
                    snapshots.append(snapshot)
                else:
                    Logger.log("w", "Impossibile creare lo snapshot all'angolo {}".format(angle))

            # Ripristina la trasformazione originale della camera
            camera.setLocalTransformation(original_transformation)

            return snapshots
        except Exception:
            Logger.logException("w", "Impossibile creare gli snapshot per la miniatura composita")
            return []

    def _createCompositeSnapshot(self, snapshots, columns):
        Logger.log("d", "Creazione dell'immagine composita dagli snapshot...")
        try:
            from PyQt5.QtGui import QImage, QPainter

            if not snapshots:
                return None

            snapshot_width = snapshots[0].width()
            snapshot_height = snapshots[0].height()
            rows = (len(snapshots) + columns - 1) // columns
            composite_width = snapshot_width * columns
            composite_height = snapshot_height * rows

            composite_image = QImage(composite_width, composite_height, QImage.Format_RGB32)
            composite_image.fill(0xFFFFFFFF)  # Imposta lo sfondo bianco
            painter = QPainter(composite_image)

            for index, snapshot in enumerate(snapshots):
                x = (index % columns) * snapshot_width
                y = (index // columns) * snapshot_height
                painter.drawImage(x, y, snapshot)

            painter.end()
            return composite_image
        except Exception:
            Logger.logException("w", "Impossibile creare l'immagine composita dagli snapshot")
            return None

    def _encodeSnapshot(self, snapshot):
        Logger.log("d", "Codifica dell'immagine della miniatura...")
        try:
            from PyQt5.QtCore import QBuffer, QIODevice

            thumbnail_buffer = QBuffer()
            thumbnail_buffer.open(QIODevice.ReadWrite)
            snapshot.save(thumbnail_buffer, "PNG")  # Salva come PNG
            thumbnail_data = thumbnail_buffer.data()
            thumbnail_buffer.close()

            base64_bytes = base64.b64encode(thumbnail_data)
            base64_message = base64_bytes.decode('ascii')
            Logger.log("d", "Lunghezza della miniatura codificata={}".format(len(thumbnail_data)))
            return base64_message
        except Exception:
            Logger.logException("w", "Impossibile codificare l'immagine della miniatura")
            return ""

    def _convertSnapshotToGcode(self, encoded_snapshot, width, height, chunk_size=80):
        Logger.log("d", "Conversione dell'immagine della miniatura in G-code...")
        gcode = []

        # Usa la sintassi specifica per il firmware mriscoc senza il parametro <size>
        header = "; thumbnail begin {}x{}".format(width, height)
        Logger.log("d", "Intestazione G-code={}".format(header))
        gcode.append(header)

        # Suddivide i dati base64 in linee di massimo `chunk_size` caratteri
        chunks = [encoded_snapshot[i:i+chunk_size] for i in range(0, len(encoded_snapshot), chunk_size)]
        for chunk in chunks:
            gcode.append(";{}".format(chunk))  # Nessuno spazio tra ';' e i dati

        gcode.append("; thumbnail end")
        gcode.append("")
        return gcode

    def getSettingDataString(self):
        return """{
            "name": "Create V2Neo Composite Thumbnail Mk2",
            "key": "CreateV2NeoCompositeThumbnailMk2",
            "metadata": {},
            "version": 2,
            "settings":
            {
                "width":
                {
                    "label": "Larghezza",
                    "description": "Larghezza della miniatura generata",
                    "unit": "px",
                    "type": "int",
                    "default_value": 160,
                    "minimum_value": "16",
                    "maximum_value": "800"
                },
                "height":
                {
                    "label": "Altezza",
                    "description": "Altezza della miniatura generata",
                    "unit": "px",
                    "type": "int",
                    "default_value": 128,
                    "minimum_value": "16",
                    "maximum_value": "600"
                },
                "frame_count":
                {
                    "label": "Numero di Snapshot",
                    "description": "Numero di snapshot da catturare per la miniatura composita",
                    "type": "int",
                    "default_value": 4,
                    "minimum_value": "1",
                    "maximum_value": "16"
                },
                "columns":
                {
                    "label": "Numero di Colonne",
                    "description": "Numero di colonne nella miniatura composita",
                    "type": "int",
                    "default_value": 2,
                    "minimum_value": "1",
                    "maximum_value": "4"
                }
            }
        }"""

    def execute(self, data):
        width = self.getSettingValueByKey("width")
        height = self.getSettingValueByKey("height")
        frame_count = self.getSettingValueByKey("frame_count")
        columns = self.getSettingValueByKey("columns")
        Logger.log("d", "Plugin CreateV2NeoCompositeThumbnailMk2 avviato con larghezza={}, altezza={}, frame_count={}, columns={}...".format(width, height, frame_count, columns))

        snapshots = self._createSnapshots(width, height, frame_count)
        if snapshots:
            composite_image = self._createCompositeSnapshot(snapshots, columns)
            if composite_image:
                encoded_snapshot = self._encodeSnapshot(composite_image)
                if encoded_snapshot:
                    snapshot_gcode = self._convertSnapshotToGcode(
                        encoded_snapshot, composite_image.width(), composite_image.height())

                    if len(data) > 0:
                        # Inserisce la miniatura alla fine del G-code
                        last_layer_index = len(data) - 1
                        lines = data[last_layer_index].split("\n")

                        # Cerca il comando finale (es. M02 o M84) per inserire la miniatura prima di esso
                        end_commands = ["M02", "M84", "M77", ";End of Gcode"]
                        insert_index = len(lines)
                        for idx, line in enumerate(reversed(lines)):
                            if any(cmd in line for cmd in end_commands):
                                insert_index = len(lines) - idx - 1
                                break

                        Logger.log("d", "Aggiunta delle linee G-code della miniatura (len={}) alla fine del file".format(len(snapshot_gcode)))
                        lines[insert_index:insert_index] = snapshot_gcode
                        final_lines = "\n".join(lines)
                        data[last_layer_index] = final_lines
                    else:
                        Logger.log("w", "I dati G-code sono vuoti, impossibile inserire la miniatura")
                else:
                    Logger.log("w", "L'immagine codificata della miniatura è vuota")
            else:
                Logger.log("w", "Impossibile creare l'immagine composita")
        else:
            Logger.log("w", "Non sono stati creati snapshot")
        Logger.log("d", "Plugin CreateV2NeoCompositeThumbnailMk2 terminato")
        return data

per farlo essere funzionante e compatibile con il,firmware mariscoc per  ender3v2 con questo file configuration.h : /**
 * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
 * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
 *
 * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
 * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
 *
 * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 *
 */
#pragma once

// Created by configs generator for Professional firmware
// https://github.com/mriscoc/Ender3V2S1

/**
 * Configuration.h
 *
 * Basic settings such as:
 *
 * - Type of electronics
 * - Type of temperature sensor
 * - Printer geometry
 * - Endstop configuration
 * - LCD controller
 * - Extra features
 *
 * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
 */
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 02010300

//===========================================================================
//============================= Getting Started =============================
//===========================================================================

/**
 * Here are some useful links to help get your machine configured and calibrated:
 *
 * Example Configs:     https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all
 *
 * PrÅ¯Å¡a Calculator:    https://blog.prusa3d.com/calculator_3416/
 *
 * Calibration Guides:  https://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
 *                      https://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
 *                      https://web.archive.org/web/20220907014303/https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
 *                      https://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
 *                      https://teachingtechyt.github.io/calibration.html
 *
 * Calibration Objects: https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
 *                      https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1278865
 */

// @section info

// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Miguel Risco-Castillo (MRiscoC)" // Who made the changes.
#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)

// @section machine

// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
  #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_CREALITY_V4  // Creality Board v4.2.2
#endif

/**
 * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
 * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
 * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
 * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
 *
 * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
 */
#define SERIAL_PORT 1  // Ender Configs
#define NO_AUTO_ASSIGN_WARNING  // Disable serial warnings

/**
 * Serial Port Baud Rate
 * This is the default communication speed for all serial ports.
 * Set the baud rate defaults for additional serial ports below.
 *
 * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
 * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
 * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
 *
 * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
 */
#define BAUDRATE 250000  // MRiscoC increase serial performace

#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE     // Enable G-code M575 to set the baud rate  // MRiscoC Enables change the baudrate

/**
 * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
 * Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards.
 * :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
 */
//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
//#define BAUDRATE_2 250000   // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE

/**
 * Select a third serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
 * Currently only supported for AVR, DUE, LPC1768/9 and STM32/STM32F1
 * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
 */
//#define SERIAL_PORT_3 1
//#define BAUDRATE_3 250000   // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE

// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
//#define BLUETOOTH

// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender3V2-Custom"

// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
// Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"

// @section stepper drivers

/**
 * Stepper Drivers
 *
 * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
 * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
 *
 * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers.
 *
 * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
 *          TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
 *          TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
 *          TMC26X,  TMC26X_STANDALONE,  TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
 *          TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
 * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
 */
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE  TMC2208_STANDALONE  // Ender Configs
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE  TMC2208_STANDALONE  // Ender Configs
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE  TMC2208_STANDALONE  // Ender Configs
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define I_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
//#define J_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
//#define K_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
//#define U_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
//#define V_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
//#define W_DRIVER_TYPE  A4988
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE  // Ender Configs
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988

/**
 * Additional Axis Settings
 *
 * Define AXISn_ROTATES for all axes that rotate or pivot.
 * Rotational axis coordinates are expressed in degrees.
 *
 * AXISn_NAME defines the letter used to refer to the axis in (most) G-code commands.
 * By convention the names and roles are typically:
 *   'A' : Rotational axis parallel to X
 *   'B' : Rotational axis parallel to Y
 *   'C' : Rotational axis parallel to Z
 *   'U' : Secondary linear axis parallel to X
 *   'V' : Secondary linear axis parallel to Y
 *   'W' : Secondary linear axis parallel to Z
 *
 * Regardless of these settings the axes are internally named I, J, K, U, V, W.
 */
#ifdef I_DRIVER_TYPE
  #define AXIS4_NAME 'A' // :['A', 'B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W']
  #define AXIS4_ROTATES
#endif
#ifdef J_DRIVER_TYPE
  #define AXIS5_NAME 'B' // :['B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W']
  #define AXIS5_ROTATES
#endif
#ifdef K_DRIVER_TYPE
  #define AXIS6_NAME 'C' // :['C', 'U', 'V', 'W']
  #define AXIS6_ROTATES
#endif
#ifdef U_DRIVER_TYPE
  #define AXIS7_NAME 'U' // :['U', 'V', 'W']
  //#define AXIS7_ROTATES
#endif
#ifdef V_DRIVER_TYPE
  #define AXIS8_NAME 'V' // :['V', 'W']
  //#define AXIS8_ROTATES
#endif
#ifdef W_DRIVER_TYPE
  #define AXIS9_NAME 'W' // :['W']
  //#define AXIS9_ROTATES
#endif

// @section extruder

// This defines the number of extruders
// :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8]
#define EXTRUDERS 1

// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75

// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
//#define SINGLENOZZLE

// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change.
// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T...
#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE)
  //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP
  //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN
#endif

// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
  #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
  #if EXTRUDERS > 3
    #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
  #endif
#endif

// Switch extruders by bumping the toolhead. Requires EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_#.
//#define MECHANICAL_SWITCHING_EXTRUDER

/**
 * A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles.
 * Can be combined with SWITCHING_EXTRUDER.
 */
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
  //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1          // If two servos are used, the index of the second
  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 }   // A pair of angles for { E0, E1 }.
                                                    // For Dual Servo use two pairs: { { lower, raise }, { lower, raise } }
  #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_DWELL 2500         // Dwell time to wait for servo to make physical move
#endif

// Switch nozzles by bumping the toolhead. Requires EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_#.
//#define MECHANICAL_SWITCHING_NOZZLE

/**
 * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
 * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
 */
//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER

/**
 * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
 * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
 *
 * project   : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
 * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
 *             https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
 */
//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER

#if ANY(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)

  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 }     // X positions for parking the extruders
  #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1            // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder

  #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)

    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT           // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW  // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
    #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250        // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
    //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL                   // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381

  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)

    #define MPE_FAST_SPEED      9000      // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point
    #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED      4500      // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
    #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE   10      // (mm) Last distance point
    #define MPE_COMPENSATION       0      // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling

  #endif

#endif

/**
 * Switching Toolhead
 *
 * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
 * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
 */
//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD

/**
 * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
 *
 * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
 * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
 */
//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD

/**
 * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
 *
 * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
 * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
 * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
 */
//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD

#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS          235         // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY      10         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR         60         // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
  #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS          { 215, 0 }  // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
  #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR       2         // Index of the servo connector
    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 }  // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
  #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE      5         // (mm) Security distance Y axis
    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY   { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
    //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE                       // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
    #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
      #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM           20  // (mm)   Extruder prime length
      #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM         10  // (mm)   Retract after priming length
      #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE    300  // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate
      #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400  // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate
    #endif
  #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
    #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP          2         // (mm) Z raise for switching
  #endif
#endif

/**
 * "Mixing Extruder"
 *   - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
 *   - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
 *   - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
 *   - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
 *   - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
 */
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
  #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2        // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
  #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16  // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
  //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1    // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
  //#define GRADIENT_MIX           // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
  //#define MIXING_PRESETS         // Assign 8 default V-tool presets for 2 or 3 MIXING_STEPPERS
  #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
    //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL       // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
  #endif
#endif

// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 }  // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 }  // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle

// @section multi-material

/**
 * Multi-Material Unit
 * Set to one of these predefined models:
 *
 *   PRUSA_MMU1           : PrÅ¯Å¡a MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version)
 *   PRUSA_MMU2           : PrÅ¯Å¡a MMU2
 *   PRUSA_MMU2S          : PrÅ¯Å¡a MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5)
 *   EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2  : MMU with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with PrÅ¯Å¡a MMU2 compatible firmware)
 *   EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S : MMUS with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with PrÅ¯Å¡a MMU2 compatible firmware)
 *
 * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
 * See additional options in Configuration_adv.h.
 * :["PRUSA_MMU1", "PRUSA_MMU2", "PRUSA_MMU2S", "EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2", "EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S"]
 */
//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2

// @section psu control

/**
 * Power Supply Control
 *
 * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
 * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
 */
//#define PSU_CONTROL
//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"

#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
  //#define MKS_PWC                 // Using the MKS PWC add-on
  //#define PS_OFF_CONFIRM          // Confirm dialog when power off
  //#define PS_OFF_SOUND            // Beep 1s when power off
  #define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW      // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box

  //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF               // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
  //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY      250    // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
  //#define LED_POWEROFF_TIMEOUT 10000    // (ms) Turn off LEDs after power-off, with this amount of delay

  //#define POWER_OFF_TIMER               // Enable M81 D<seconds> to power off after a delay
  //#define POWER_OFF_WAIT_FOR_COOLDOWN   // Enable M81 S to power off only after cooldown

  //#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE  "M355 S1"  // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on)
  //#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0"  // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off)

  //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL      // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
  #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
    #define AUTO_POWER_FANS           // Turn on PSU for fans
    #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS         // Turn on PSU for E Fans
    #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN  // Turn on PSU for Controller Fan
    #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN    // Turn on PSU for Chamber Fan
    #define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_FAN     // Turn on PSU for Cooler Fan
    #define AUTO_POWER_SPINDLE_LASER  // Turn on PSU for Spindle/Laser
    #define POWER_TIMEOUT              30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration
    //#define POWER_OFF_DELAY          60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time.
  #endif
  #if ANY(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL, POWER_OFF_WAIT_FOR_COOLDOWN)
    //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP        50 // (Â°C) PSU on if any extruder is over this temperature
    //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP  30 // (Â°C) PSU on if the chamber is over this temperature
    //#define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_TEMP   26 // (Â°C) PSU on if the cooler is over this temperature
  #endif
#endif

//===========================================================================
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
// @section temperature

/**
 * Temperature Sensors:
 *
 * NORMAL IS 4.7kÎ© PULLUP! Hotend sensors can use 1kÎ© pullup with correct resistor and table.
 *
 * ================================================================
 *  Analog Thermistors - 4.7kÎ© pullup - Normal
 * ================================================================
 *     1 : 100kÎ© EPCOS - Best choice for EPCOS thermistors
 *   331 : 100kÎ© Same as #1, but 3.3V scaled for MEGA
 *   332 : 100kÎ© Same as #1, but 3.3V scaled for DUE
 *     2 : 200kÎ© ATC Semitec 204GT-2
 *   202 : 200kÎ© Copymaster 3D
 *     3 : ???Î©  Mendel-parts thermistor
 *     4 : 10kÎ©  Generic Thermistor !! DO NOT use for a hotend - it gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
 *     5 : 100kÎ© ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G - Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D, SliceEngineering 300Â°C
 *   501 : 100kÎ© Zonestar - Tronxy X3A
 *   502 : 100kÎ© Zonestar - used by hot bed in Zonestar PrÅ¯Å¡a P802M
 *   503 : 100kÎ© Zonestar (Z8XM2) Heated Bed thermistor
 *   504 : 100kÎ© Zonestar P802QR2 (Part# QWG-104F-B3950) Hotend Thermistor
 *   505 : 100kÎ© Zonestar P802QR2 (Part# QWG-104F-3950) Bed Thermistor
 *   512 : 100kÎ© RPW-Ultra hotend
 *     6 : 100kÎ© EPCOS - Not as accurate as table #1 (created using a fluke thermocouple)
 *     7 : 100kÎ© Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01
 *    71 : 100kÎ© Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01
 *     8 : 100kÎ© Vishay 0603 SMD NTCS0603E3104FXT
 *     9 : 100kÎ© GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1
 *    10 : 100kÎ© RS PRO 198-961
 *    11 : 100kÎ© Keenovo AC silicone mats, most Wanhao i3 machines - beta 3950, 1%
 *    12 : 100kÎ© Vishay 0603 SMD NTCS0603E3104FXT (#8) - calibrated for Makibox hot bed
 *    13 : 100kÎ© Hisens up to 300Â°C - for "Simple ONE" & "All In ONE" hotend - beta 3950, 1%
 *    14 : 100kÎ©  (R25), 4092K (beta25), 4.7kÎ© pull-up, bed thermistor as used in Ender-5 S1
 *    15 : 100kÎ© Calibrated for JGAurora A5 hotend
 *    17 : 100kÎ© Dagoma NTC white thermistor
 *    18 : 200kÎ© ATC Semitec 204GT-2 Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
 *    22 : 100kÎ© GTM32 Pro vB - hotend - 4.7kÎ© pullup to 3.3V and 220Î© to analog input
 *    23 : 100kÎ© GTM32 Pro vB - bed - 4.7kÎ© pullup to 3.3v and 220Î© to analog input
 *    30 : 100kÎ© Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K - beta 3950
 *    60 : 100kÎ© Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor - beta 3950
 *    61 : 100kÎ© Formbot/Vivedino 350Â°C Thermistor - beta 3950
 *    66 : 4.7MÎ© Dyze Design / Trianglelab T-D500 500Â°C High Temperature Thermistor
 *    67 : 500kÎ© SliceEngineering 450Â°C Thermistor
 *    68 : PT100 Smplifier board from Dyze Design
 *    70 : 100kÎ© bq Hephestos 2
 *    75 : 100kÎ© Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC100K MGB18-104F39050L32
 *   666 : 200kÎ© Einstart S custom thermistor with 10k pullup.
 *  2000 : 100kÎ© Ultimachine Rambo TDK NTCG104LH104KT1 NTC100K motherboard Thermistor
 *
 * ================================================================
 *  Analog Thermistors - 1kÎ© pullup
 *   Atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7kÎ© pullup for 1kÎ©.
 *   (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
 * ================================================================
 *    51 : 100kÎ© EPCOS (1kÎ© pullup)
 *    52 : 200kÎ© ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1kÎ© pullup)
 *    55 : 100kÎ© ATC Semitec 104GT-2 - Used in ParCan & J-Head (1kÎ© pullup)
 *
 * ================================================================
 *  Analog Thermistors - 10kÎ© pullup - Atypical
 * ================================================================
 *    99 : 100kÎ© Found on some Wanhao i3 machines with a 10kÎ© pull-up resistor
 *
 * ================================================================
 *  Analog RTDs (Pt100/Pt1000)
 * ================================================================
 *   110 : Pt100  with 1kÎ© pullup (atypical)
 *   147 : Pt100  with 4.7kÎ© pullup
 *  1010 : Pt1000 with 1kÎ© pullup (atypical)
 *  1022 : Pt1000 with 2.2kÎ© pullup
 *  1047 : Pt1000 with 4.7kÎ© pullup (E3D)
 *    20 : Pt100  with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage.
 *                NOTE: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21.
 *    21 : Pt100  with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply.
 *                NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500Â°C.
 *   201 : Pt100  with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
 *
 * ================================================================
 *  SPI RTD/Thermocouple Boards
 * ================================================================
 *    -5 : MAX31865 with Pt100/Pt1000, 2, 3, or 4-wire  (only for sensors 0-2 and bed)
 *                  NOTE: You must uncomment/set the MAX31865_*_OHMS_n defines below.
 *    -3 : MAX31855 with Thermocouple, -200Â°C to +700Â°C (only for sensors 0-2 and bed)
 *    -2 : MAX6675  with Thermocouple, 0Â°C to +700Â°C    (only for sensors 0-2 and bed)
 *
 *  NOTE: Ensure TEMP_n_CS_PIN is set in your pins file for each TEMP_SENSOR_n using an SPI Thermocouple. By default,
 *        Hardware SPI on the default serial bus is used. If you have also set TEMP_n_SCK_PIN and TEMP_n_MISO_PIN,
 *        Software SPI will be used on those ports instead. You can force Hardware SPI on the default bus in the
 *        Configuration_adv.h file. At this time, separate Hardware SPI buses for sensors are not supported.
 *
 * ================================================================
 *  Analog Thermocouple Boards
 * ================================================================
 *    -4 : AD8495 with Thermocouple
 *    -1 : AD595  with Thermocouple
 *
 * ================================================================
 *  SoC internal sensor
 * ================================================================
 *   100 : SoC internal sensor
 *
 * ================================================================
 *  Custom/Dummy/Other Thermal Sensors
 * ================================================================
 *     0 : not used
 *  1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
 *
 *   !!! Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. !!!
 *   998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25Â°C or the temperature defined below.
 *   999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100Â°C or the temperature defined below.
 */
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1  // Ender Configs
#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_SOC 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT 0

// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE  25
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100

// Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1
#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(0)
  #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0      100 // (Î©) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000)
  #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Î©) Typically 430 for Adafruit PT100; 4300 for Adafruit PT1000
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(1)
  #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1      100
  #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(2)
  #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_2      100
  #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_2 430
#endif

#if HAS_E_TEMP_SENSOR
  #define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME         10  // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
  #define TEMP_WINDOW                  1  // (Â°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
  #define TEMP_HYSTERESIS              3  // (Â°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED
  #define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME     10  // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
  #define TEMP_BED_WINDOW              1  // (Â°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
  #define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS          3  // (Â°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
  #define TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME 10  // (seconds) Time to wait for chamber to "settle" in M191
  #define TEMP_CHAMBER_WINDOW          1  // (Â°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
  #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS      3  // (Â°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
#endif

/**
 * Redundant Temperature Sensor (TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT)
 *
 * Use a temp sensor as a redundant sensor for another reading. Select an unused temperature sensor, and another
 * sensor you'd like it to be redundant for. If the two thermistors differ by TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_MAX_DIFF (Â°C),
 * the print will be aborted. Whichever sensor is selected will have its normal functions disabled; i.e. selecting
 * the Bed sensor (-1) will disable bed heating/monitoring.
 *
 * For selecting source/target use: COOLER, PROBE, BOARD, CHAMBER, BED, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7
 */
#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT
  #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_SOURCE    E1  // The sensor that will provide the redundant reading.
  #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_TARGET    E0  // The sensor that we are providing a redundant reading for.
  #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_MAX_DIFF  10  // (Â°C) Temperature difference that will trigger a print abort.
#endif

// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP   0  // Ender Configs
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP   5
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP   5
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP   5
#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP   5
#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP   5
#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP   5
#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP   5
#define BED_MINTEMP        0  // Ender Configs
#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP    5

// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP      120  // Ender Configs
#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP  60

/**
 * Thermal Overshoot
 * During heatup (and printing) the temperature can often "overshoot" the target by many degrees
 * (especially before PID tuning). Setting the target temperature too close to MAXTEMP guarantees
 * a MAXTEMP shutdown! Use these values to forbid temperatures being set too close to MAXTEMP.
 */
#define HOTEND_OVERSHOOT 5  // (Â°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT
#define BED_OVERSHOOT    10   // (Â°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT
#define COOLER_OVERSHOOT  2   // (Â°C) Forbid temperatures closer than OVERSHOOT

//===========================================================================
//============================= PID Settings ================================
//===========================================================================

// @section hotend temp

/**
 * Temperature Control
 *
 *  (NONE) : Bang-bang heating
 * PIDTEMP : PID temperature control (~4.1K)
 * MPCTEMP : Predictive Model temperature control. (~1.8K without auto-tune)
 */
#define PIDTEMP           // See the PID Tuning Guide at https://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
//#define MPCTEMP         // ** EXPERIMENTAL ** See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/model_predictive_control.html

#define PID_MAX  255      // Limit hotend current while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
#define PID_K1     0.95   // Smoothing factor within any PID loop

#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
  //#define PID_DEBUG             // Print PID debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation.
  //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Use separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
                                  // Set/get with G-code: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]

  #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
    // Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
    // If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
    #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST {  22.20,  22.20 }
    #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST {   1.08,   1.08 }
    #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 }
  #else
    #define DEFAULT_Kp  22.89
    #define DEFAULT_Ki   1.87
    #define DEFAULT_Kd  70.18
  #endif
#else
  #define BANG_MAX 255    // Limit hotend current while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
#endif

/**
 * Model Predictive Control for hotend
 *
 * Use a physical model of the hotend to control temperature. When configured correctly this gives
 * better responsiveness and stability than PID and removes the need for PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
 * and PID_FAN_SCALING. Enable MPC_AUTOTUNE and use M306 T to autotune the model.
 * @section mpctemp
 */
#if ENABLED(MPCTEMP)
  #define MPC_AUTOTUNE                                // Include a method to do MPC auto-tuning (~6.3K bytes of flash)
  //#define MPC_EDIT_MENU                             // Add MPC editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~1.3K bytes of flash)
  //#define MPC_AUTOTUNE_MENU                         // Add MPC auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~350 bytes of flash)

  #define MPC_MAX 255                                 // (0..255) Current to nozzle while MPC is active.
  #define MPC_HEATER_POWER { 40.0f }                  // (W) Heat cartridge powers.

  #define MPC_INCLUDE_FAN                             // Model the fan speed?

  // Measured physical constants from M306
  #define MPC_BLOCK_HEAT_CAPACITY { 16.7f }           // (J/K) Heat block heat capacities.
  #define MPC_SENSOR_RESPONSIVENESS { 0.22f }         // (K/s per âˆ†K) Rate of change of sensor temperature from heat block.
  #define MPC_AMBIENT_XFER_COEFF { 0.068f }           // (W/K) Heat transfer coefficients from heat block to room air with fan off.
  #if ENABLED(MPC_INCLUDE_FAN)
    #define MPC_AMBIENT_XFER_COEFF_FAN255 { 0.097f }  // (W/K) Heat transfer coefficients from heat block to room air with fan on full.
  #endif

  // For one fan and multiple hotends MPC needs to know how to apply the fan cooling effect.
  #if ENABLED(MPC_INCLUDE_FAN)
    //#define MPC_FAN_0_ALL_HOTENDS
    //#define MPC_FAN_0_ACTIVE_HOTEND
  #endif

  // Filament Heat Capacity (joules/kelvin/mm)
  // Set at runtime with M306 H<value>
  #define FILAMENT_HEAT_CAPACITY_PERMM { 5.6e-3f }    // 0.0056 J/K/mm for 1.75mm PLA (0.0149 J/K/mm for 2.85mm PLA).
                                                      // 0.0036 J/K/mm for 1.75mm PETG (0.0094 J/K/mm for 2.85mm PETG).
                                                      // 0.00515 J/K/mm for 1.75mm ABS (0.0137 J/K/mm for 2.85mm ABS).
                                                      // 0.00522 J/K/mm for 1.75mm Nylon (0.0138 J/K/mm for 2.85mm Nylon).

  // Advanced options
  #define MPC_SMOOTHING_FACTOR 0.5f                   // (0.0...1.0) Noisy temperature sensors may need a lower value for stabilization.
  #define MPC_MIN_AMBIENT_CHANGE 1.0f                 // (K/s) Modeled ambient temperature rate of change, when correcting model inaccuracies.
  #define MPC_STEADYSTATE 0.5f                        // (K/s) Temperature change rate for steady state logic to be enforced.

  #define MPC_TUNING_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 1.0f } // (mm) M306 Autotuning position, ideally bed center at first layer height.
  #define MPC_TUNING_END_Z 10.0f                      // (mm) M306 Autotuning final Z position.
#endif

//===========================================================================
//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
//===========================================================================

// @section bed temp

/**
 * Max Bed Power
 * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
 * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
 * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
 */
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current

/**
 * PID Bed Heating
 *
 * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
 * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
 * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
 * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
 * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
 * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
 *
 * With this option disabled, bang-bang will be used. BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING enables hysteresis.
 */
#define PIDTEMPBED  // Ender Configs

#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
  //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
  //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Print Bed PID debug data to the serial port.

  // 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
  // from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
  #define DEFAULT_bedKp 462.10
  #define DEFAULT_bedKi  85.47
  #define DEFAULT_bedKd 624.59

  // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#else
  //#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING   // Keep the bed temperature within BED_HYSTERESIS of the target
#endif

// Add 'M190 R T' for more gradual M190 R bed cooling.
//#define BED_ANNEALING_GCODE

//===========================================================================
//==================== PID > Chamber Temperature Control ====================
//===========================================================================

/**
 * PID Chamber Heating
 *
 * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
 * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable
 * hysteresis.
 *
 * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
 * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
 * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
 * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 200W
 * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
 * the issues involved, don't use chamber PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
 * @section chamber temp
 */
//#define PIDTEMPCHAMBER
//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING

/**
 * Max Chamber Power
 * Applies to all forms of chamber control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
 * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the chamber heater that acts like a divider
 * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your heater. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
 */
#define MAX_CHAMBER_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to chamber heater; 255=full current

#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
  #define MIN_CHAMBER_POWER 0
  //#define PID_CHAMBER_DEBUG // Print Chamber PID debug data to the serial port.

  // Lasko "MyHeat Personal Heater" (200w) modified with a Fotek SSR-10DA to control only the heating element
  // and placed inside the small Creality printer enclosure tent.
  //
  #define DEFAULT_chamberKp 37.04
  #define DEFAULT_chamberKi 1.40
  #define DEFAULT_chamberKd 655.17
  // M309 P37.04 I1.04 D655.17

  // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-2 C8 S50" to run autotune on the chamber at 50 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#endif // PIDTEMPCHAMBER

#if ANY(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED, PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
  //#define PID_OPENLOOP          // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
  //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS      // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
  #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
                                  // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.

  #define PID_EDIT_MENU         // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)  // Ender Configs
  #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU     // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)  // Ender Configs
#endif

// @section safety

/**
 * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
 * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
 * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
 *
 * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
 */
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 180  // MRiscoC Customizable by menu

/**
 * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
 * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
 */
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000  // Ender Configs

//===========================================================================
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
//===========================================================================

/**
 * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
 * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
 * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
 *
 * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
 * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
 * the heater on.
 *
 * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
 * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
 */

#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED     // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER  // Enable thermal protection for the laser cooling

//===========================================================================
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
//===========================================================================

// @section machine

// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics,
// either in the usual order or reversed
//#define COREXY
//#define COREXZ
//#define COREYZ
//#define COREYX
//#define COREZX
//#define COREZY

//
// MarkForged Kinematics
// See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042
//
//#define MARKFORGED_XY
//#define MARKFORGED_YX
#if ANY(MARKFORGED_XY, MARKFORGED_YX)
  //#define MARKFORGED_INVERSE  // Enable for an inverted Markforged kinematics belt path
#endif

// Enable for a belt style printer with endless "Z" motion
//#define BELTPRINTER

// Enable for Polargraph Kinematics
//#define POLARGRAPH
#if ENABLED(POLARGRAPH)
  #define POLARGRAPH_MAX_BELT_LEN  1035.0 // (mm) Belt length at full extension. Override with M665 H.
  #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 5   // Move segmentation based on duration
  #define PEN_UP_DOWN_MENU                // Add "Pen Up" and "Pen Down" to the MarlinUI menu
#endif

// @section delta

// Enable for DELTA kinematics and configure below
//#define DELTA
#if ENABLED(DELTA)

  // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation).
  // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments)
  // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls).
  #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200

  // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained
  //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE

  // Delta calibration menu
  // Add three-point calibration to the MarlinUI menu.
  // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051
  //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU

  // G33 Delta Auto-Calibration. Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results.
  //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION

  #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION)
    // Default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7)
    #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4
  #endif

  #if ANY(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU)
    // Step size for paper-test probing
    #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05      // (mm)
  #endif

  // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers).
  #define PRINTABLE_RADIUS       140.0    // (mm)

  // Maximum reachable area
  #define DELTA_MAX_RADIUS       140.0    // (mm)

  // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods.
  #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 250.0        // (mm)

  // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position
  #define DELTA_HEIGHT 250.00             // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate

  #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm) Get these values from G33 auto calibrate

  // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered.
  #define DELTA_RADIUS 124.0              // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate

  // Trim adjustments for individual towers
  // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0
  // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer
  #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm) Get these values from G33 auto calibrate

  // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments
  //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER       { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm)
  //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm)
#endif

// @section scara

/**
 * MORGAN_SCARA was developed by QHARLEY in South Africa in 2012-2013.
 * Implemented and slightly reworked by JCERNY in June, 2014.
 *
 * Mostly Printed SCARA is an open source design by Tyler Williams. See:
 *   https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2487048
 *   https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1241491
 */
//#define MORGAN_SCARA
//#define MP_SCARA
#if ANY(MORGAN_SCARA, MP_SCARA)
  // If movement is choppy try lowering this value
  #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200

  // Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely.
  #define SCARA_LINKAGE_1 150       // (mm)
  #define SCARA_LINKAGE_2 150       // (mm)

  // SCARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position)
  // This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the SCARA space.
  #define SCARA_OFFSET_X  100       // (mm)
  #define SCARA_OFFSET_Y  -56       // (mm)

  #if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA)

    //#define DEBUG_SCARA_KINEMATICS
    #define FEEDRATE_SCALING        // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly

    // Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach
    #define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R   0  // (mm)

    #define THETA_HOMING_OFFSET  0  // Calculated from Calibration Guide and M360 / M114. See https://www.morgan3dp.com/morgan-calibration-guide/
    #define PSI_HOMING_OFFSET    0  // Calculated from Calibration Guide and M364 / M114. See https://www.morgan3dp.com/morgan-calibration-guide/

  #elif ENABLED(MP_SCARA)

    #define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA1  12 // degrees
    #define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA2 131 // degrees

  #endif

#endif

// @section tpara

// Enable for TPARA kinematics and configure below
//#define AXEL_TPARA
#if ENABLED(AXEL_TPARA)
  #define DEBUG_TPARA_KINEMATICS
  #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200

  // Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely.
  #define TPARA_LINKAGE_1 120       // (mm)
  #define TPARA_LINKAGE_2 120       // (mm)

  // SCARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position)
  // This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the SCARA space.
  #define TPARA_OFFSET_X    0       // (mm)
  #define TPARA_OFFSET_Y    0       // (mm)
  #define TPARA_OFFSET_Z    0       // (mm)

  #define FEEDRATE_SCALING        // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly

  // Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach
  #define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R   0  // (mm)

  // Calculated from Calibration Guide and M360 / M114. See https://www.morgan3dp.com/morgan-calibration-guide/
  #define THETA_HOMING_OFFSET  0
  #define PSI_HOMING_OFFSET    0
#endif

// @section polar

/**
 * POLAR Kinematics
 *  developed by Kadir ilkimen for PolarBear CNC and babyBear
 *  https://github.com/kadirilkimen/Polar-Bear-Cnc-Machine
 *  https://github.com/kadirilkimen/babyBear-3D-printer
 *
 * A polar machine can have different configurations.
 * This kinematics is only compatible with the following configuration:
 *        X : Independent linear
 *   Y or B : Polar
 *        Z : Independent linear
 *
 * For example, PolarBear has CoreXZ plus Polar Y or B.
 *
 * Motion problem for Polar axis near center / origin:
 *
 * 3D printing:
 * Movements very close to the center of the polar axis take more time than others.
 * This brief delay results in more material deposition due to the pressure in the nozzle.
 *
 * Current Kinematics and feedrate scaling deals with this by making the movement as fast
 * as possible. It works for slow movements but doesn't work well with fast ones. A more
 * complicated extrusion compensation must be implemented.
 *
 * Ideally, it should estimate that a long rotation near the center is ahead and will cause
 * unwanted deposition. Therefore it can compensate the extrusion beforehand.
 *
 * Laser cutting:
 * Same thing would be a problem for laser engraving too. As it spends time rotating at the
 * center point, more likely it will burn more material than it should. Therefore similar
 * compensation would be implemented for laser-cutting operations.
 *
 * Milling:
 * This shouldn't be a problem for cutting/milling operations.
 */
//#define POLAR
#if ENABLED(POLAR)
  #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 180   // If movement is choppy try lowering this value
  #define PRINTABLE_RADIUS 82.0f            // (mm) Maximum travel of X axis

  // Movements fall inside POLAR_FAST_RADIUS are assigned the highest possible feedrate
  // to compensate unwanted deposition related to the near-origin motion problem.
  #define POLAR_FAST_RADIUS 3.0f            // (mm)

  // Radius which is unreachable by the tool.
  // Needed if the tool is not perfectly aligned to the center of the polar axis.
  #define POLAR_CENTER_OFFSET 0.0f          // (mm)

  #define FEEDRATE_SCALING                  // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly
#endif

// @section machine

// Articulated robot (arm). Joints are directly mapped to axes with no kinematics.
//#define ARTICULATED_ROBOT_ARM

// For a hot wire cutter with parallel horizontal axes (X, I) where the heights of the two wire
// ends are controlled by parallel axes (Y, J). Joints are directly mapped to axes (no kinematics).
//#define FOAMCUTTER_XYUV

//===========================================================================
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
//===========================================================================

// @section endstops

// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_IMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_JMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_KMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_UMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_VMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_WMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_IMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_JMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_KMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_UMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_VMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_WMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
#endif

// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
  // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_IMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_JMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_KMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_UMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_VMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_WMIN
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_IMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_JMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_KMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_UMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_VMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_WMAX
  //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
#endif

/**
 * Endstop "Hit" State
 * Set to the state (HIGH or LOW) that applies to each endstop.
 */
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define I_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define I_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define J_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define J_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define K_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define K_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define U_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define U_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define V_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define V_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define W_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define W_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH

// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE  // Ender Configs

/**
 * Endstop Noise Threshold
 *
 * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
 *
 * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
 * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch.
 * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
 *   based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
 *
 * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
 */
//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2

// Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves.
//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP

//=============================================================================
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
//=============================================================================
// @section motion

/**
 * Default Settings
 *
 * These settings can be reset by M502
 *
 * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
 */

/**
 * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
 * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
 * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
 */
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS

/**
 * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (linear=steps/mm, rotational=steps/Â°)
 * Override with M92
 *                                      X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
 */
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT   { 80, 80, 400, 93 }  // Ender Configs

#define LIMITED_MAX_STEPS_EDITING
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_STEPS_EDITING)
  #define MAX_STEPS_EDIT_VALUES       { 200, 200, 2000, 2000 }
#endif

/**
 * Default Max Feed Rate (linear=mm/s, rotational=Â°/s)
 * Override with M203
 *                                      X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
 */
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE          { 500, 500, 10, 45 }

#define DEFAULT_FEEDRATE_MM_M (50*60)

#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING        // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2  // MRiscoC allows higher limits
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
  #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES    { 3000, 3000, 80, 200 } // ...or, set your own edit limits  // MRiscoC allows higher limits
#endif

/**
 * Default Max Acceleration (speed change with time) (linear=mm/(s^2), rotational=Â°/(s^2))
 * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
 * Override with M201
 *                                      X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
 */
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION      { 500, 500, 100, 1000 }  // Ender Configs

#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING     // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2  // MRiscoC allows higher limits
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
  #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES       { 9999, 9999, 999, 9999 } // ...or, set your own edit limits  // MRiscoC allows higher limits
#endif

/**
 * Default Acceleration (speed change with time) (linear=mm/(s^2), rotational=Â°/(s^2))
 * Override with M204
 *
 *   M204 P    Acceleration
 *   M204 R    Retract Acceleration
 *   M204 T    Travel Acceleration
 */
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION          500    // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves  // Ender Configs
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION  800    // E acceleration for retracts  // Ender Configs
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION   1000    // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves  // Ender Configs

/**
 * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
 * Override with M205 X Y Z . . . E
 *
 * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
 * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
 * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
 */
#define CLASSIC_JERK  // Ender Configs
#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
  #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0  // Ender Configs
  #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0  // Ender Configs
  #define DEFAULT_ZJERK  0.4  // Ender Configs
  //#define DEFAULT_IJERK  0.3
  //#define DEFAULT_JJERK  0.3
  //#define DEFAULT_KJERK  0.3
  //#define DEFAULT_UJERK  0.3
  //#define DEFAULT_VJERK  0.3
  //#define DEFAULT_WJERK  0.3

  //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0     // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves

  #define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING        // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2  // Ender Configs
  #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
    #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 1, 20 } // ...or, set your own edit limits  // MRiscoC allows higher limits
  #endif
#endif

#define DEFAULT_EJERK    5.0  // May be used by Linear Advance  // Ender Configs

/**
 * Junction Deviation Factor
 *
 * See:
 *   https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
 *   https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
 */
#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
  #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
  #define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS    // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle
                                      // for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135Â°).
#endif

/**
 * S-Curve Acceleration
 *
 * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a BÃ©zier
 * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
 *
 * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
 */
#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION  // MRiscoC Enabled

//===========================================================================
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
//===========================================================================
// @section probes

//
// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
//

/**
 * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin.
 * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing.
 * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.)
 */
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN

// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing
//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING  // Manual mesh not have a probe

/**
 * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
 *
 * Override this pin only if the probe cannot be connected to
 * the default Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN for the selected MOTHERBOARD.
 *
 *  - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
 *  - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
 *
 *  - For simple switches...
 *    - Normally-closed (NC) also connect to GND.
 *    - Normally-open (NO) also connect to 5V.
 */
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN -1

/**
 * Probe Type
 *
 * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
 * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
 */

/**
 * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
 * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
 * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
 */
#define PROBE_MANUALLY  // Manual mesh version

/**
 * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
 *   (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
 */
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE

/**
 * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
 * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
 */
//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE

/**
 * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
 */
//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0
#ifdef Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR
  //#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 }      // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
  //#define Z_SERVO_MEASURE_ANGLE 45      // Use if the servo must move to a "free" position for measuring after deploy
  //#define Z_SERVO_INTERMEDIATE_STOW     // Stow the probe between points
  //#define Z_SERVO_DEACTIVATE_AFTER_STOW // Deactivate the servo when probe is stowed
#endif

/**
 * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
 */
//#define BLTOUCH

/**
 * MagLev V4 probe by MDD
 *
 * This probe is deployed and activated by powering a built-in electromagnet.
 */
//#define MAGLEV4
#if ENABLED(MAGLEV4)
  //#define MAGLEV_TRIGGER_PIN 11     // Set to the connected digital output
  #define MAGLEV_TRIGGER_DELAY 15     // Changing this risks overheating the coil
#endif

/**
 * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
 *
 * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
 * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
 * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
 *
 * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
 *                and a minimum Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING of 10.
 */
//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
  #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5                  // Height at which the probe retracts
  //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2)  // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
  //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY                // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
#endif

/**
 * Bed Distance Sensor
 *
 * Measures the distance from bed to nozzle with accuracy of 0.01mm.
 * For information about this sensor https://github.com/markniu/Bed_Distance_sensor
 * Uses I2C port, so it requires I2C library markyue/Panda_SoftMasterI2C.
 */
//#define BD_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(BD_SENSOR)
  //#define BD_SENSOR_PROBE_NO_STOP // Probe bed without stopping at each probe point
#endif

// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
//#define SOLENOID_PROBE

// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5  // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.

// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
  #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X  X_MIN_POS
  #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
#endif

/**
 * Magnetically Mounted Probe
 * For probes such as Euclid, Klicky, Klackender, etc.
 */
//#define MAG_MOUNTED_PROBE
#if ENABLED(MAG_MOUNTED_PROBE)
  #define PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE (133*60)  // (mm/min) Probe deploy speed
  #define PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE   (133*60)  // (mm/min) Probe stow speed

  #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_1 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 30 } }  // Move to side Dock & Attach probe
  #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_2 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 210, 114, 30 } }  // Move probe off dock
  #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_3 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, {   0,   0,  0 } }  // Extra move if needed
  #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_4 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, {   0,   0,  0 } }  // Extra move if needed
  #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_5 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, {   0,   0,  0 } }  // Extra move if needed
  #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_1   { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE,   { 245, 114, 20 } }  // Move to dock
  #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_2   { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE,   { 245, 114,  0 } }  // Place probe beside remover
  #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_3   { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE,   { 230, 114,  0 } }  // Side move to remove probe
  #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_4   { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE,   { 210, 114, 20 } }  // Side move to remove probe
  #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_5   { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE,   {   0,   0,  0 } }  // Extra move if needed
#endif

// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://docs.duet3d.com/en/Duet3D_hardware/Accessories/Smart_Effector
// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensitivity.
//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR
#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR)
  #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN  -1  // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin
#endif

/**
 * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
 * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers.
 * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws.
 *          Take extreme care when setting up this feature.
 */
//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING

/**
 * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - https://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Autolevel_probe
 * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down.
 */
//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY
#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY)
  // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29,
  // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe.

  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 }
  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE

  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 }
  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE)/10

  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 }
  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE

  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position
  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE

  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down
  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE)/10

  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear
  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE

  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 }
  #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE

#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY

/**
 * Nozzle-to-Probe offsets { X, Y, Z }
 *
 * X and Y offset
 *   Use a caliper or ruler to measure the distance from the tip of
 *   the Nozzle to the center-point of the Probe in the X and Y axes.
 *
 * Z offset
 * - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime.
 * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset.
 * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using
 *   probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES
 *   to avoid collisions during probing.
 *
 * Tune and Adjust
 * -  Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc.
 * -  PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (Configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset.
 *
 * Assuming the typical work area orientation:
 *  - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset
 *  - Probe to LEFT  of the Nozzle has a Negative X offset
 *  - Probe in BACK  of the Nozzle has a Positive Y offset
 *  - Probe in FRONT of the Nozzle has a Negative Y offset
 *
 * Some examples:
 *   #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, -1 }   // Example "1"
 *   #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-10,  5, -1 }   // Example "2"
 *   #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {  5, -5, -1 }   // Example "3"
 *   #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-15,-10, -1 }   // Example "4"
 *
 *     +-- BACK ---+
 *     |    [+]    |
 *   L |        1  | R <-- Example "1" (right+,  back+)
 *   E |  2        | I <-- Example "2" ( left-,  back+)
 *   F |[-]  N  [+]| G <-- Nozzle
 *   T |       3   | H <-- Example "3" (right+, front-)
 *     | 4         | T <-- Example "4" ( left-, front-)
 *     |    [-]    |
 *     O-- FRONT --+
 */
#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 }  // MRiscoC BLTouch offset for support: https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:4605354 (z-offset = -1.80 mm)  // Manual mesh use the nozzle as probe

// Enable and set to use a specific tool for probing. Disable to allow any tool.
#define PROBING_TOOL 0
#ifdef PROBING_TOOL
  //#define PROBE_TOOLCHANGE_NO_MOVE  // Suppress motion on probe tool-change
#endif

// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
#define PROBING_MARGIN 10  // MRiscoC Avoid clips on borders

// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes
#define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (200*60)  // MRiscoC increase travel speed between probes

// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST (16*60)  // MRiscoC increase probe Z speed

// Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point
#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW (Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST / 2)

/**
 * Probe Activation Switch
 * A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical
 * switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed.
 */
//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH
#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH)
  #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active
  //#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin
#endif

/**
 * Tare Probe (determine zero-point) prior to each probe.
 * Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out
 * elements such as cables pulling on the carriage.
 */
//#define PROBE_TARE
#if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE)
  #define PROBE_TARE_TIME  200    // (ms) Time to hold tare pin
  #define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200    // (ms) Delay after tare before
  #define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH   // State to write pin for tare
  //#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5    // Override default pin
  #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH)
    //#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE  // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active
  #endif
#endif

/**
 * Probe Enable / Disable
 * The probe only provides a triggered signal when enabled.
 */
//#define PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE
#if ENABLED(PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE)
  //#define PROBE_ENABLE_PIN -1   // Override the default pin here
#endif

/**
 * Multiple Probing
 *
 * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
 * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
 *
 * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
 * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
 */
//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
//#define EXTRA_PROBING    1

/**
 * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
 * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
 * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
 * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
 *
 * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
 * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
 * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
 * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
 *
 * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4  =>  9mm from bed to nozzle.
 *     But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2  =>  2mm from bed to nozzle.
 */
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE   10 // (mm) Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES  5 // (mm) Z Clearance between probe points
#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE     5 // (mm) Z Clearance between multiple probes
#define Z_PROBE_ERROR_TOLERANCE     3 // (mm) Tolerance for early trigger (<= -probe.offset.z + ZPET)
//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING           5 // (mm) Z position after probing is done

#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT          -2 // (mm) Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping

// For M851 provide ranges for adjusting the X, Y, and Z probe offsets
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_XMIN -50   // (mm)
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_XMAX  50   // (mm)
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_YMIN -50   // (mm)
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_YMAX  50   // (mm)
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_ZMIN -20   // (mm)
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_ZMAX  20   // (mm)

// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST

// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
  //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
#endif

/**
 * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
 * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
 * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
 * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
 * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
 */
//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF       // Turn heaters off when probing
#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
  //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER     // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
  //#define WAIT_FOR_HOTEND         // Wait for hotend to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy & prevent cold extrude)
#endif
//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF          // Turn fans off when probing
//#define PROBING_ESTEPPERS_OFF     // Turn all extruder steppers off when probing
//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF      // Turn all steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing (including extruders)
//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200  // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors

// Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing
//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING
#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING)
  #define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120   // (Â°C) Only applies to E0 at this time
  #define PROBING_BED_TEMP     50
#endif

// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
//#define I_ENABLE_ON 0
//#define J_ENABLE_ON 0
//#define K_ENABLE_ON 0
//#define U_ENABLE_ON 0
//#define V_ENABLE_ON 0
//#define W_ENABLE_ON 0

// Disable axis steppers immediately when they're not being stepped.
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
//#define DISABLE_X
//#define DISABLE_Y
//#define DISABLE_Z
//#define DISABLE_I
//#define DISABLE_J
//#define DISABLE_K
//#define DISABLE_U
//#define DISABLE_V
//#define DISABLE_W

// Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING

// @section extruder

//#define DISABLE_E               // Disable the extruder when not stepping
#define DISABLE_OTHER_EXTRUDERS   // Keep only the active extruder enabled

// @section motion

// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
//#define INVERT_I_DIR false
//#define INVERT_J_DIR false
//#define INVERT_K_DIR false
//#define INVERT_U_DIR false
//#define INVERT_V_DIR false
//#define INVERT_W_DIR false

// @section extruder

// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
#define INVERT_E6_DIR false
#define INVERT_E7_DIR false

// @section homing

//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety.
#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE   // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety.  // MRiscoC Enabled for safety

/**
 * Set Z_IDLE_HEIGHT if the Z-Axis moves on its own when steppers are disabled.
 *  - Use a low value (i.e., Z_MIN_POS) if the nozzle falls down to the bed.
 *  - Use a large value (i.e., Z_MAX_POS) if the bed falls down, away from the nozzle.
 */
//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS

//#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING  10   // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...  // MRiscoC Crearance over the bed
                                      // You'll need this much clearance above Z_MAX_POS to avoid grinding.

#define Z_AFTER_HOMING         5   // (mm) Height to move to after homing (if Z was homed)  // MRiscoC Crearance over the bed
//#define XY_AFTER_HOMING { 10, 10 }  // (mm) Move to an XY position after homing (and raising Z)

//#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_HOMING "M300 P440 S200"  // Commands to run after G28 (and move to XY_AFTER_HOMING)

// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
// :[-1,1]
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
//#define I_HOME_DIR -1
//#define J_HOME_DIR -1
//#define K_HOME_DIR -1
//#define U_HOME_DIR -1
//#define V_HOME_DIR -1
//#define W_HOME_DIR -1

/**
 * Safety Stops
 * If an axis has endstops on both ends the one specified above is used for
 * homing, while the other can be used for things like SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT.
 */
//#define X_SAFETY_STOP
//#define Y_SAFETY_STOP
//#define Z_SAFETY_STOP
//#define I_SAFETY_STOP
//#define J_SAFETY_STOP
//#define K_SAFETY_STOP
//#define U_SAFETY_STOP
//#define V_SAFETY_STOP
//#define W_SAFETY_STOP

// @section geometry

// The size of the printable area
#define X_BED_SIZE 230  // MRiscoC Max usable bed size
#define Y_BED_SIZE 230  // MRiscoC Max usable bed size

// Travel limits (linear=mm, rotational=Â°) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
#define X_MIN_POS 0  // MRiscoC Stock physical limit
#define Y_MIN_POS 0  // MRiscoC Stock physical limit
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_POS 248  // MRiscoC Stock physical limit
#define Y_MAX_POS 231  // MRiscoC Stock physical limit
#define Z_MAX_POS 250  // Ender Configs
//#define I_MIN_POS 0
//#define I_MAX_POS 50
//#define J_MIN_POS 0
//#define J_MAX_POS 50
//#define K_MIN_POS 0
//#define K_MAX_POS 50
//#define U_MIN_POS 0
//#define U_MAX_POS 50
//#define V_MIN_POS 0
//#define V_MAX_POS 50
//#define W_MIN_POS 0
//#define W_MAX_POS 50

/**
 * Software Endstops
 *
 * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
 * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
 * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
 * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
 */

// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_I
  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_J
  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_K
  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_U
  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_V
  #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_W
#endif

// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_I
  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_J
  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_K
  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_U
  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_V
  #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_W
#endif

#if ANY(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
  //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM  // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#endif

/**
 * Filament Runout Sensors
 * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running.
 * Marlin knows a print job is running when:
 *  1. Running a print job from media started with M24.
 *  2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75.
 *  3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled.
 *
 * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
 * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
 */
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR  // MRiscoC Enabled runout sensor support
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
  #define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500.
  #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS   1          // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.

  #define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE     LOW        // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present.
  #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP               // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN           // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
  //#define WATCH_ALL_RUNOUT_SENSORS      // Execute runout script on any triggering sensor, not only for the active extruder.
                                          // This is automatically enabled for MIXING_EXTRUDERs.

  // Override individually if the runout sensors vary
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN

  //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN

  //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN

  //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN

  //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN

  //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN

  //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN

  //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP
  //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN

  // Commands to execute on filament runout.
  // With multiple runout sensors use the %c placeholder for the current tool in commands (e.g., "M600 T%c")
  // NOTE: After 'M412 H1' the host handles filament runout and this script does not apply.
  #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"

  // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
  // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
  // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
  #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25  // MRiscoC Customizable by menu

  #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
    // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
    // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
    // large enough to avoid false positives.)
    //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR

    #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR)
      //#define FILAMENT_SWITCH_AND_MOTION
      #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_SWITCH_AND_MOTION)
        #define NUM_MOTION_SENSORS   1          // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_MOTION#_PIN for each.
        //#define FIL_MOTION1_PIN    -1

        // Override individually if the motion sensors vary
        //#define FIL_MOTION1_STATE LOW
        //#define FIL_MOTION1_PULLUP
        //#define FIL_MOTION1_PULLDOWN

        //#define FIL_MOTION2_STATE LOW
        //#define FIL_MOTION2_PULLUP
        //#define FIL_MOTION2_PULLDOWN

        //#define FIL_MOTION3_STATE LOW
        //#define FIL_MOTION3_PULLUP
        //#define FIL_MOTION3_PULLDOWN

        //#define FIL_MOTION4_STATE LOW
        //#define FIL_MOTION4_PULLUP
        //#define FIL_MOTION4_PULLDOWN

        //#define FIL_MOTION5_STATE LOW
        //#define FIL_MOTION5_PULLUP
        //#define FIL_MOTION5_PULLDOWN

        //#define FIL_MOTION6_STATE LOW
        //#define FIL_MOTION6_PULLUP
        //#define FIL_MOTION6_PULLDOWN

        //#define FIL_MOTION7_STATE LOW
        //#define FIL_MOTION7_PULLUP
        //#define FIL_MOTION7_PULLDOWN

        //#define FIL_MOTION8_STATE LOW
        //#define FIL_MOTION8_PULLUP
        //#define FIL_MOTION8_PULLDOWN
      #endif
    #endif
  #endif
#endif

//===========================================================================
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
//===========================================================================
// @section calibrate

/**
 * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
 * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
 *
 *  If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
 *
 * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
 *   Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
 *   You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
 *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
 *
 * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
 *   Probe several points in a grid.
 *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
 *   The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
 *
 * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
 *   Probe several points in a grid.
 *   You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
 *   The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
 *
 * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
 *   A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
 *   of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
 *   Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
 *
 * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
 *   Probe a grid manually
 *   The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
 *   For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
 *   leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
 *   With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
 */
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
#define MESH_BED_LEVELING  // Manual Mesh

/**
 * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
 * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
 */
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"

/**
 * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of
 * these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable
 * leveling immediately after G28.
 */
//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28

/**
 * Auto-leveling needs preheating
 */
#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING  // MRiscoC Heatting to compensate thermal expansions
#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING)
  #define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 175   // (Â°C) Only applies to E0 at this time  // Preheat nozzle without oozing
  #define LEVELING_BED_TEMP     50
#endif

/**
 * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
 * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
 * NOTE: Requires a lot of flash!
 */
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE

#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, PROBE_MANUALLY)
  // Set a height for the start of manual adjustment
  #define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2  // (mm) Comment out to use the last-measured height
#endif

#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
  /**
   * Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
   * at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
   * The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
   */
  #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
  #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT)
    #define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height.
  #endif

  /**
   * For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
   * split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
   * contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
   */
  #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
  #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)

  /**
   * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
   */
  //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
  #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
    #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE    0.4  // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
    #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT   0.2  // (mm) Default layer height for G26.
    #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP  205    // (Â°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26.
    #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP      60    // (Â°C) Default bed temperature for G26.
    #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE         20    // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves.
    #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100    // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves.
    #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER   1.0  // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements.
  #endif

#endif

#if ANY(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)

  // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5  // MRiscoC Customizable by menu
  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X

  // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
  //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST

  #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)

    // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
    // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
    //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID  // MRiscoC Disabled for better accuracy at edges

    //
    // Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
    // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
    //
    //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
    #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
      // Number of subdivisions between probe points
      #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
    #endif

  #endif

#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)

  //===========================================================================
  //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
  //===========================================================================

  //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY   // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh

  #define MESH_INSET 25              // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed  // MRiscoC Center mesh
  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5      // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.  // MRiscoC Customizable by menu
  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X

  //#define UBL_HILBERT_CURVE       // Use Hilbert distribution for less travel when probing multiple points

  //#define UBL_TILT_ON_MESH_POINTS         // Use nearest mesh points with G29 J for better Z reference
  //#define UBL_TILT_ON_MESH_POINTS_3POINT  // Use nearest mesh points with G29 J0 (3-point)

  #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z     // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
  #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500   // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500

  //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
                                          // as the Z-Height correction value.

  //#define UBL_MESH_WIZARD         // Run several commands in a row to get a complete mesh

  /**
   * Probing not allowed within the position of an obstacle.
   */
  //#define AVOID_OBSTACLES
  #if ENABLED(AVOID_OBSTACLES)
    #define CLIP_W  23  // Bed clip width, should be padded a few mm over its physical size
    #define CLIP_H  14  // Bed clip height, should be padded a few mm over its physical size

    // Obstacle Rectangles defined as { X1, Y1, X2, Y2 }
    #define OBSTACLE1 { (X_BED_SIZE) / 4     - (CLIP_W) / 2,                       0, (X_BED_SIZE) / 4     + (CLIP_W) / 2, CLIP_H }
    #define OBSTACLE2 { (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2,                       0, (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, CLIP_H }
    #define OBSTACLE3 { (X_BED_SIZE) / 4     - (CLIP_W) / 2, (Y_BED_SIZE) - (CLIP_H), (X_BED_SIZE) / 4     + (CLIP_W) / 2, Y_BED_SIZE }
    #define OBSTACLE4 { (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, (Y_BED_SIZE) - (CLIP_H), (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, Y_BED_SIZE }

    // The probed grid must be inset for G29 J. This is okay, since it is
    // only used to compute a linear transformation for the mesh itself.
    #define G29J_MESH_TILT_MARGIN ((CLIP_H) + 1)
  #endif

#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)

  //===========================================================================
  //=================================== Mesh ==================================
  //===========================================================================

  #define MESH_INSET 25          // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed  // MRiscoC Center mesh
  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5    // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.  // MRiscoC Customizable by menu
  #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X

  //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS

#endif // BED_LEVELING

/**
 * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
 * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
 */
//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING

#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
  #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP  0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
  #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4     // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
  //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU        // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#endif

// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING  // ProUI has a bed tramming menu

#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_TRAMMING)
  #define BED_TRAMMING_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets
  #define BED_TRAMMING_HEIGHT      0.0        // (mm) Z height of nozzle at tramming points
  #define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP       5.0        // (mm) Z height of nozzle between tramming points
  //#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER       // Move to the center after the last corner
  //#define BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE
  #if ENABLED(BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE)
    #define BED_TRAMMING_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1  // (mm)
    #define BED_TRAMMING_VERIFY_RAISED        // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify
    //#define BED_TRAMMING_AUDIO_FEEDBACK
  #endif

  /**
   * Corner Leveling Order
   *
   * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge.
   *
   *  LF  Left-Front    RF  Right-Front
   *  LB  Left-Back     RB  Right-Back
   *
   * Examples:
   *
   *      Default        {LF,RB,LB,RF}         {LF,RF}           {LB,LF}
   *  LB --------- RB   LB --------- RB    LB --------- RB   LB --------- RB
   *  |  4       3  |   | 3         2 |    |     <3>     |   | 1           |
   *  |             |   |             |    |             |   |          <3>|
   *  |  1       2  |   | 1         4 |    | 1         2 |   | 2           |
   *  LF --------- RF   LF --------- RF    LF --------- RF   LF --------- RF
   */
  #define BED_TRAMMING_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RF, RB, LB }
#endif

// @section homing

// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0

// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_I_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_J_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_K_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_U_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_V_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_W_HOME_POS 0

/**
 * Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
 *
 * - Moves the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z homing.
 * - Allows Z homing only when XY positions are known and trusted.
 * - If stepper drivers sleep, XY homing may be required again before Z homing.
 */
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING

#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER  // (mm) X point for Z homing
  #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER  // (mm) Y point for Z homing
  //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_POINT_ABSOLUTE  // Ignore home offsets (M206) for Z homing position
#endif

// Homing speeds (linear=mm/min, rotational=Â°/min)
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (50*60), (50*60), (10*60) }  // MRiscoC Homing speed-up

// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS

// @section calibrate

/**
 * Bed Skew Compensation
 *
 * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
 *
 * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
 *  1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
 *  2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
 *  3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
 *  4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
 *
 * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
 * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
 *
 *  - Compute AB     : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
 *  - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
 *
 * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
 * Use these diagrams for reference:
 *
 *    Y                     Z                     Z
 *    ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C       ^     B-------C
 *    |    /       /        |    /       /        |    /       /
 *    |   /       /         |   /       /         |   /       /
 *    |  A-------D          |  A-------D          |  A-------D
 *    +-------------->X     +-------------->X     +-------------->Y
 *     XY_SKEW_FACTOR        XZ_SKEW_FACTOR        YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
 */
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION

#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
  // Input all length measurements here:
  #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
  #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
  #define XY_SIDE_AD 200

  // Or, set the XY skew factor directly:
  //#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0

  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
  #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
    #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
    #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
    #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
    #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
    #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200

    // Or, set the Z skew factors directly:
    //#define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
    //#define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
  #endif

  // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
  //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
#endif

//=============================================================================
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
//=============================================================================

// @section eeprom

/**
 * EEPROM
 *
 * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
 *
 *   M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
 *   M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
 *   M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
 */
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS     // Persistent storage with M500 and M501  // Ender Configs
//#define DISABLE_M503        // Saves ~2700 bytes of flash. Disable for release!
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT       // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save flash.
#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT    // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load
#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
  #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT  // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.  // Ender Configs
  #define EEPROM_INIT_NOW   // Init EEPROM on first boot after a new build.  // MRiscoC Reset EEPROM on first boot
#endif

// @section host

//
// Host Keepalive
//
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
//
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE        // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2  // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING            // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating

// @section units

//
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
//
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT

//
// M149 Set temperature units support
//
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT

// @section temperature

//
// Preheat Constants - Up to 10 are supported without changes
//
#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL       "PLA"
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED     70
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED     128 // Value from 0 to 255

#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL       "PET"
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 260
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED     90
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED     128 // Value from 0 to 255

#define PREHEAT_3_LABEL       "PETG"
#define PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND 230
#define PREHEAT_3_TEMP_BED     80
#define PREHEAT_3_FAN_SPEED   128

#define PREHEAT_4_LABEL       "TPU"
#define PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND 225
#define PREHEAT_4_TEMP_BED     60
#define PREHEAT_4_FAN_SPEED   128

// @section motion

/**
 * Nozzle Park
 *
 * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
 *
 * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
 *
 *    P0  (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
 *    P1  Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
 *    P2  Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
 */
#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE  // MRiscoC Enabled

#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
  // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
  #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_BED_SIZE + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
  #define NOZZLE_PARK_MOVE          0   // Park motion: 0 = XY Move, 1 = X Only, 2 = Y Only, 3 = X before Y, 4 = Y before X
  #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN   0   // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance  // MRiscoC uses Park Z Raise from 0 to avoid backlash issues
  #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100   // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
  #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE    5   // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
#endif

/**
 * Clean Nozzle Feature
 *
 * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
 *
 * Parameters:
 *   P  Pattern
 *   S  Strokes / Repetitions
 *   T  Triangles (P1 only)
 *
 * Patterns:
 *   P0  Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
 *       at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
 *       between the start / end points.
 *
 *   P1  Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
 *       number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
 *       Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
 *       For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
 *
 *          --
 *         |  (X0, Y1) |     /\        /\        /\     | (X1, Y1)
 *         |           |    /  \      /  \      /  \    |
 *       A |           |   /    \    /    \    /    \   |
 *         |           |  /      \  /      \  /      \  |
 *         |  (X0, Y0) | /        \/        \/        \ | (X1, Y0)
 *          --         +--------------------------------+
 *                       |________|_________|_________|
 *                           T1        T2        T3
 *
 *   P2  Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
 *       "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
 *       Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
 *
 *   Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
 */
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE

#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_LINE     // Provide 'G12 P0' - a simple linear cleaning pattern
  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_ZIGZAG   // Provide 'G12 P1' - a zigzag cleaning pattern
  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_CIRCLE   // Provide 'G12 P2' - a circular cleaning pattern

  // Default pattern to use when 'P' is not provided to G12. One of the enabled options above.
  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_DEFAULT_PATTERN 0

  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES     12   // Default number of pattern repetitions

  #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_ZIGZAG)
    #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES  3   // Default number of triangles
  #endif

  // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } }
  // Dual hotend system may use { {  -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) },  {  420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }}
  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { {  30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } }
  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT   { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } }

  #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_CIRCLE)
    #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5                      // (mm) Circular pattern radius
    #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10                           // Circular pattern circle number of segments
    #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT // Middle point of circle
  #endif

  // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK

  // For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
  //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z

  // For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis
  //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y

  // Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning
  #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170
  //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP       // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe

  // Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments.
  //#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0"

#endif

// @section host

/**
 * Print Job Timer
 *
 * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M140/M190/M141/M191.
 * The print job timer will only be stopped if the bed/chamber target temp is
 * below BED_MINTEMP/CHAMBER_MINTEMP.
 *
 *   M104 (hotend, no wait)  - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
 *   M109 (hotend, wait)     - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
 *   M140 (bed, no wait)     - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
 *   M190 (bed, wait)        - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
 *   M141 (chamber, no wait) - high temp = none,        low temp = stop timer
 *   M191 (chamber, wait)    - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
 *
 * For M104/M109, high temp is anything over EXTRUDE_MINTEMP / 2.
 * For M140/M190, high temp is anything over BED_MINTEMP.
 * For M141/M191, high temp is anything over CHAMBER_MINTEMP.
 *
 * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
 *
 *   M75 - Start the print job timer
 *   M76 - Pause the print job timer
 *   M77 - Stop the print job timer
 */
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART

// @section stats

/**
 * Print Counter
 *
 * Track statistical data such as:
 *
 *  - Total print jobs
 *  - Total successful print jobs
 *  - Total failed print jobs
 *  - Total time printing
 *
 * View the current statistics with M78.
 */
#define PRINTCOUNTER  // MRiscoC Enable Print Statistics
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
  #define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print. A value of 0 will save stats at end of print.
#endif

// @section security

/**
 * Password
 *
 * Set a numerical password for the printer which can be requested:
 *
 *  - When the printer boots up
 *  - Upon opening the 'Print from Media' Menu
 *  - When SD printing is completed or aborted
 *
 * The following G-codes can be used:
 *
 *  M510 - Lock Printer. Blocks all commands except M511.
 *  M511 - Unlock Printer.
 *  M512 - Set, Change and Remove Password.
 *
 * If you forget the password and get locked out you'll need to re-flash
 * the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally)
 * re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled.
 */
//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE)
  #define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4                 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended
  #define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
  #define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE             // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
  #define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE             // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
  //#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU       // This does not prevent G-codes from running
  //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
  //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
  //#include "Configuration_Secure.h"       // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
#endif

//=============================================================================
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
//=============================================================================

// @section interface

/**
 * LCD LANGUAGE
 *
 * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
 *
 *   en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_CY, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it,
 *   jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW
 *
 * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek (Greece)', 'el_CY':'Greek (Cyprus)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' }
 */
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en

/**
 * LCD Character Set
 *
 * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
 *
 * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
 * language extensions:
 *
 *  - JAPANESE ... the most common
 *  - WESTERN  ... with more accented characters
 *  - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
 *
 * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
 *
 *  - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
 *  - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
 *  - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
 *
 * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
 *
 * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
 */
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE

/**
 * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:PrÅ¯Å¡a)
 *
 * :[0:'Classic', 1:'PrÅ¯Å¡a']
 */
#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0

/**
 * SD CARD
 *
 * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
 * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
 */
#define SDSUPPORT  // Ender Configs

/**
 * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
 *
 * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
 */
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY

/**
 * LCD Menu Items
 *
 * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
 * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
 */
//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS

//
// ENCODER SETTINGS
//
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
//
#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4  // Ender Configs

//
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
// move between next/prev menu items.
//
#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1  // Ender Configs

/**
 * Encoder Direction Options
 *
 * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
 *
 *  Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
 *  Reversed Menu Navigation only?    Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
 *  Reversed Value Editing only?      Enable BOTH options.
 */

//
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
//
//  Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
//
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION

//
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
//
//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
//
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION

//
// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
//
//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
//  If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
//
//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION

//
// Encoder EMI Noise Filter
//
// This option increases encoder samples to filter out phantom encoder clicks caused by EMI noise.
//
//#define ENCODER_NOISE_FILTER
#if ENABLED(ENCODER_NOISE_FILTER)
  #define ENCODER_SAMPLES 10
#endif

//
// Individual Axis Homing
//
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
//
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_SUBMENU

//
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
//
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
//
//#define SPEAKER

//
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
//
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
//  M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
//
#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2  // Ender Configs
#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000  // Ender Configs

//
// Tone queue size, used to keep beeps from blocking execution.
// Default is 4, or override here. Costs 4 bytes of SRAM per entry.
//
//#define TONE_QUEUE_LENGTH 4

//
// A sequence of tones to play at startup, in pairs of tone (Hz), duration (ms).
// Silence in-between tones.
//
//#define STARTUP_TUNE { 698, 300, 0, 50, 523, 50, 0, 25, 494, 50, 0, 25, 523, 100, 0, 50, 554, 300, 0, 100, 523, 300 }

//=============================================================================
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
//========================   (Character-based LCDs)   =========================
//=============================================================================
// @section lcd

//
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
//
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
//
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER

//
// GT2560 (YHCB2004) LCD Display
//
// Requires Testato, Koepel softwarewire library and
// Andriy Golovnya's LiquidCrystal_AIP31068 library.
//
//#define YHCB2004

//
// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
// https://web.archive.org/web/20200719145306/http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
//
//#define RADDS_DISPLAY

//
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
//
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER

//
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
//
//#define ULTIPANEL

//
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
// https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
//
//#define PANEL_ONE

//
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
// https://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
//
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
//
//#define G3D_PANEL

//
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
//
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL

//
// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
//
//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602

//
// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
//
//#define ZONESTAR_LCD            // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
                                  // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
                                  // which scrambles the display.  Pressing any button clears it up.
                                  // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.

//
// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
//
//#define ULTRA_LCD

//=============================================================================
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
//=====================   (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs)   =====================
//=============================================================================

//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
//
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
//

//
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
// https://web.archive.org/web/20140823033947/http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
//
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL

//
// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
//
// These require LiquidCrystal_I2C library:
//   https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/New-LiquidCrystal
//   https://github.com/fmalpartida/New-LiquidCrystal/wiki
//
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004

//
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
//
//#define LCM1602

//
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
// separate encoder and click inputs.
//
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
//
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
//
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2

//
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
//
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI

//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
//

//
// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://github.com/fmalpartida/New-LiquidCrystal/wiki/schematics#user-content-ShiftRegister_connection
// LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
//
//#define SAV_3DLCD

//
// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
//
//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD

//
// TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI
// Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface.
// See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter
//
//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI
//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C

//=============================================================================
//=======================   LCD / Controller Selection  =======================
//=========================      (Graphical LCDs)      ========================
//=============================================================================

//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
//
// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
//            https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
//
// NOTE: If the LCD is unresponsive you may need to reverse the plugs.
//

//
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
//
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER

//
// K.3D Full Graphic Smart Controller
//
//#define K3D_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER

//
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
// https://reprapworld.com/electronics/3d-printer-modules/autonomous-printing/graphical-lcd-screen-v1-0/
//
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD

//
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
// https://www.panucatt.com
//
//#define VIKI2
//#define miniVIKI

//
// Alfawise Ex8 printer LCD marked as WYH L12864 COG
//
//#define WYH_L12864

//
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
// controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
//
//#define MINIPANEL

//
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
// https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKrPanel
//
//#define MAKRPANEL

//
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
//
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER

//
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
//
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER

//
// Cartesio UI
// https://web.archive.org/web/20180605050442/http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
//
//#define CARTESIO_UI

//
// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
//
//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI

//
// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
//
//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER

//
// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
//
//#define MKS_MINI_12864

//
// MKS MINI12864 V3 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight.
//
//#define MKS_MINI_12864_V3

//
// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout.
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html
//
//#define MKS_LCD12864A
//#define MKS_LCD12864B

//
// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
//
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X    // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2    // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0    // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1    // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight
//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight.

//
// BigTreeTech Mini 12864 V1.0 / V2.0 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight.
// https://github.com/bigtreetech/MINI-12864
//
//#define BTT_MINI_12864

//
// BEEZ MINI 12864 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight.
//
//#define BEEZ_MINI_12864

//
// Factory display for Creality CR-10 / CR-7 / Ender-3
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
//
// Connect to EXP1 on RAMPS and compatible boards.
//
//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY

//
// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
//
//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY

//
// ANET and Tronxy 128Ã—64 Full Graphics Controller as used on Anet A6
//
//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD

//
// GUCOCO CTC 128Ã—64 Full Graphics Controller as used on GUCOCO CTC A10S
//
//#define CTC_A10S_A13

//
// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
//
//#define AZSMZ_12864

//
// Silvergate GLCD controller
// https://github.com/android444/Silvergate
//
//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER

//
// eMotion Tech LCD with SD
// https://www.reprap-france.com/produit/1234568748-ecran-graphique-128-x-64-points-2-1
//
//#define EMOTION_TECH_LCD

//=============================================================================
//==============================  OLED Displays  ==============================
//=============================================================================

//
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
//
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306

//
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
//
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
  #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
  //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
#endif

//
// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
//
//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2

//
// MKS OLED 1.3" 128Ã—64 Full Graphics Controller
// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
//
// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
//
//#define MKS_12864OLED          // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306  // Uses the SSD1306 controller

//
// Zonestar OLED 128Ã—64 Full Graphics Controller
//
//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD           // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller
//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED          // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default)
//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306  // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller

//
// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
//
//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART

//
// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
//
//#define OVERLORD_OLED

//
// FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128Ã—64 Full Graphics Controller with WS2812 RGB
// Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html
//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864   // Uses the SSD1309 controller

//
// K.3D SSD1309 OLED 2.42" 128Ã—64 Full Graphics Controller
//
//#define K3D_242_OLED_CONTROLLER   // Software SPI

//=============================================================================
//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
//=============================================================================

/**
 * DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
 *
 * ORIGIN (Marlin DWIN_SET)
 *  - Download https://github.com/coldtobi/Marlin_DGUS_Resources
 *  - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
 *  - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html
 *
 * FYSETC (Supplier default)
 *  - Download https://github.com/FYSETC/FYSTLCD-2.0
 *  - Copy the downloaded SCREEN folder to the SD card.
 *  - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html
 *
 * HIPRECY (Supplier default)
 *  - Download https://github.com/HiPrecy/Touch-Lcd-LEO
 *  - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
 *
 * MKS (MKS-H43) (Supplier default)
 *  - Download https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-H43
 *  - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
 *  - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/1005002008179262.html
 *
 * RELOADED (T5UID1)
 *  - Download https://github.com/Neo2003/DGUS-reloaded/releases
 *  - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
 *
 * IA_CREALITY (T5UID1)
 *  - Download https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/raw/CrealityDwin_2.0/TM3D_Combined480272_Landscape_V7.7z
 *  - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
 *
 * E3S1PRO (T5L)
 *  - Download https://github.com/CrealityOfficial/Ender-3S1/archive/3S1_Plus_Screen.zip
 *  - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
 *
 * Flash display with DGUS Displays for Marlin:
 *  - Format the SD card to FAT32 with an allocation size of 4kb.
 *  - Download files as specified for your type of display.
 *  - Plug the microSD card into the back of the display.
 *  - Boot the display and wait for the update to complete.
 *
 * :[ 'ORIGIN', 'FYSETC', 'HYPRECY', 'MKS', 'RELOADED', 'IA_CREALITY', 'E3S1PRO' ]
 */
//#define DGUS_LCD_UI ORIGIN
#if DGUS_UI_IS(MKS)
  #define USE_MKS_GREEN_UI
#elif DGUS_UI_IS(IA_CREALITY)
  //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROTATE 90          // Portrait Mode or 800x480 displays
  //#define IA_CREALITY_BOOT_DELAY 1500   // (ms)
#endif

//
// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers
//
//#define MALYAN_LCD

//
// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
//
//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE

//
// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic Chiron
//
//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON

//
// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic i3 Mega
//
//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA
#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA)
  //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_GCODE_EXT  // Add ".gcode" to menu entries for DGUS clone compatibility
#endif

//
// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic Vyper
//
//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_VYPER

//
// 320x240 Nextion 2.8" serial TFT Resistive Touch Screen NX3224T028
//
//#define NEXTION_TFT

//
// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'.
//
//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI

#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI)
  //#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display
#endif

//=============================================================================
//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
//=============================================================================

/**
 * Specific TFT Model Presets. Enable one of the following options
 * or enable TFT_GENERIC and set sub-options.
 */

//
// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display with Rotary Encoder from MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V2 & V3
// https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-TFT-Hardware/tree/master/MKS%20TS35
//
//#define MKS_TS35_V2_0

//
// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24

//
// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28

//
// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32

//
// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35

//
// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43

//
// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R

//
// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from Tronxy
//
//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA

//
// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic
//
//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35

//
// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise
//
//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28

//
// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4
//
//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28

//
// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5
//
//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35

//
// 1024x600, 7", RGB Stock Display with Rotary Encoder from BIQU BX
// https://github.com/bigtreetech/BIQU-BX/tree/master/Hardware
//
//#define BIQU_BX_TFT70

//
// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Stock Display with Rotary Encoder from BIQU B1 SE Series
// https://github.com/bigtreetech/TFT35-SPI/tree/master/v1
//
//#define BTT_TFT35_SPI_V1_0

//
// Generic TFT with detailed options
//
//#define TFT_GENERIC
#if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC)
  // :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ]
  #define TFT_DRIVER AUTO

  // Interface. Enable one of the following options:
  //#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
  //#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI

  // TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options:
  //#define TFT_RES_320x240
  //#define TFT_RES_480x272
  //#define TFT_RES_480x320
  //#define TFT_RES_1024x600
#endif

/**
 * TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options:
 *
 *   TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled
 *   TFT_COLOR_UI   - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities
 *   TFT_LVGL_UI    - A Modern UI using LVGL
 *
 *   For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the
 *   root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware.
 */
//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI
//#define TFT_COLOR_UI
//#define TFT_LVGL_UI

#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
  /**
   * TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
   *
   * NOTOSANS  - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
   * UNIFONT   - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
   * HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
   */
  #define TFT_FONT  NOTOSANS

  /**
   * TFT Theme for Color_UI. Choose one of the following or add a new one to 'Marlin/src/lcd/tft/themes' directory
   *
   * BLUE_MARLIN  - Default theme with 'midnight blue' background
   * BLACK_MARLIN - Theme with 'black' background
   * ANET_BLACK   - Theme used for Anet ET4/5
   */
  #define TFT_THEME BLACK_MARLIN

  //#define TFT_SHARED_IO   // I/O is shared between TFT display and other devices. Disable async data transfer.

  #define COMPACT_MARLIN_BOOT_LOGO  // Use compressed data to save Flash space
#endif

#if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI)
  //#define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module
#endif

/**
 * TFT Rotation. Set to one of the following values:
 *
 *   TFT_ROTATE_90,  TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X,  TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y,
 *   TFT_ROTATE_180, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y,
 *   TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y,
 *   TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION
 */
//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION

//=============================================================================
//============================  Other Controllers  ============================
//=============================================================================

//
// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder.
//
//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD           // Creality UI
#define DWIN_LCD_PROUI              // Pro UI by MRiscoC
#define USE_STOCK_DWIN_SET

// Professional firmware features:
#define PROUI_EX 1
#if PROUI_EX
  #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
    #define HAS_PROUI_RUNOUT_SENSOR 1
  #endif
  #if ENABLED(EXTRUDERS)
    #define HAS_PROUI_MAXTEMP 1
  #endif
  #define HAS_CGCODE 1
  #define DEF_PROBEZFIX 0
#endif
#if ENABLED(DWIN_LCD_PROUI)
  #if PROUI_EX
    #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_TRAMMING)
      //#define HAS_TRAMMING_WIZARD 1  // Manual mesh not have a probe
    #endif
    #define HAS_GCODE_PREVIEW 1
    #define HAS_TOOLBAR 1
  #endif
  #define HAS_CUSTOM_COLORS 1
  #define HAS_CUSTOM_COLORS_MENU 1
  #define HAS_PLOT 1
  #define HAS_ESDIAG 1
  #define HAS_LOCKSCREEN 1
  #define MESH_EDIT_MENU
  //#define PREVIEW_MENU_ITEM    // Allows enable/disable Thumbnail preview via menu and C250
  #define SHOW_REAL_POS        // Display the real axes position in cartesian printers
  //#define ACTIVATE_MESH_ITEM   // Allows temporary enabling of mesh leveling
  #define RUNOUT_TUNE_ITEM     // Allows enable/disable the run out filament sensor while printing
  #define PLR_TUNE_ITEM        // Allows enable/disable the power lost recovery while printing
  //#define JD_TUNE_ITEM         // Enable only if Juntion Deviation is enabled
  //#define ADVK_TUNE_ITEM       // Enable only if Linear Advance is enabled
  //#define MEDIASORT_MENU_ITEM  // Allows enable/disable file list sorting
  #define SHOW_SPEED_IND       // Show the axes speed in mm/s intermittently with the speed percentage
  //#define NO_BLINK_IND         // Disables dashboard icon background blink indicator
#endif
  //#define ZOFFSET_SAVE_SETTINGS // Saves settings after changing the z-offset via the menu
//#define HAS_SD_EXTENDER 1  // Enable to support SD card extender cables
//#define CCLOUD_PRINT_SUPPORT  // Allows enable/disable Creality Cloud Print Support
#define ZHOME_BEFORE_LEVELING
//#define SMOOTH_ENCODER_MENUITEMS  // Menu items value faster/smooth change rate

//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_JYERSUI   // Jyers UI by Jacob Myers
//#define DWIN_MARLINUI_PORTRAIT      // MarlinUI (portrait orientation)
//#define DWIN_MARLINUI_LANDSCAPE     // MarlinUI (landscape orientation)

//
// Touch Screen Settings
//
//#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN)
  #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT      50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
  #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU     250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus

  //#define DISABLE_ENCODER         // Disable the click encoder, if any
  //#define TOUCH_IDLE_SLEEP_MINS 5 // (minutes) Display Sleep after a period of inactivity. Set with M255 S.

  #define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION

  //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316
  //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981
  //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X        -43
  //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y        257
  //#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE

  #if ALL(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS)
    #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_AUTO_SAVE // Auto save successful calibration values to EEPROM
  #endif

  #if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
    //#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION
  #endif
#endif

//
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
// https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/
//
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press

//
// EasyThreeD ET-4000+ with button input and status LED
//
//#define EASYTHREED_UI

//=============================================================================
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
//=============================================================================

// @section fans

// Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans.
// :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8]
//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1

// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
#define FAN_SOFT_PWM  // Ender Configs

// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0

// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
// duty cycle is attained.
//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER

// @section extras

// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
//#define BARICUDA

// @section lights

// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS

// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
//#define BLINKM

// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
//#define PCA9632

// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
//#define PCA9533

/**
 * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
 *
 * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
 * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
 *
 * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
 * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
 * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
 * For NeoPixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
 *
 *  === CAUTION ===
 *  LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
 *  as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
 *  Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
 *
 *  NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The NeoPixel LED needs
 *  more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
 *
 *  Requires PWM frequency between 50 <> 100Hz (Check HAL or variant)
 *  Use FAST_PWM_FAN, if possible, to reduce fan noise.
 */

// LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options:
//#define RGB_LED
//#define RGBW_LED

#if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
  //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
  //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
  //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
  //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
#endif

#if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632)
  //#define RGB_STARTUP_TEST              // For PWM pins, fade between all colors
  #if ENABLED(RGB_STARTUP_TEST)
    #define RGB_STARTUP_TEST_INNER_MS 10  // (ms) Reduce or increase fading speed
  #endif
#endif

// Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver
//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
  #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE          NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW, NEO_RGBW, NEO_GRB, NEO_RBG, etc.
                                          // See https://github.com/adafruit/Adafruit_NeoPixel/blob/master/Adafruit_NeoPixel.h
  #define NEOPIXEL_PIN                PA13 // LED driving pin
  //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE  NEOPIXEL_TYPE
  //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN               5
  #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS              30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.)
  #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL          // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
  #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS         127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
  //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST         // Cycle through colors at startup

  // Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ...
  //#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE
  #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE)
    #define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS           15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip
    #define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS      127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
    #define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST        // Cycle through colors at startup
    #define NEOPIXEL_M150_DEFAULT      -1 // Default strip for M150 without 'S'. Use -1 to set all by default.
  #else
    //#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES          // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel
  #endif

  // Use some of the NeoPixel LEDs for static (background) lighting
  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_FIRST   0 // Index of the first background LED
  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_LAST    5 // Index of the last background LED
  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR         { 255, 255, 255, 0 }  // R, G, B, W
  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_TIMEOUT_COLOR {  25,  25,  25, 0 }  // R, G, B, W
  //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_ALWAYS_ON       // Keep the backlight on when other NeoPixels are off
#endif

/**
 * Printer Event LEDs
 *
 * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
 *
 *  - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
 *  - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
 *  - Change to white to illuminate work surface
 *  - Change to green once print has finished
 *  - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
 */
#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
  #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
#endif

// @section servos

/**
 * Number of servos
 *
 * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
 * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
 * Set to 0 to turn off servo support.
 */
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Note: Servo index starts with 0 for M280-M282 commands

// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }

// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE

// Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500
//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES

// Disable servo with M282 to reduce power consumption, noise, and heat when not in use
//#define SERVO_DETACH_GCODE      e questo file configuration_adv: /**
 * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
 * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
 *
 * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
 * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
 *
 * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
 * (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 * GNU General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 * along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 *
 */
#pragma once

// Created by configs generator for Professional firmware
// https://github.com/mriscoc/Ender3V2S1

/**
 * Configuration_adv.h
 *
 * Advanced settings.
 * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
 * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
 *
 * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
 */
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 02010300

// @section develop

/**
 * Configuration Export
 *
 * Export the configuration as part of the build. (See signature.py)
 * Output files are saved with the build (e.g., .pio/build/mega2560).
 *
 * See `build_all_examples --ini` as an example of config.ini archiving.
 *
 *  1 = marlin_config.json - Dictionary containing the configuration.
 *      This file is also generated for CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING.
 *  2 = config.ini - File format for PlatformIO preprocessing.
 *  3 = schema.json - The entire configuration schema. (13 = pattern groups)
 *  4 = schema.yml - The entire configuration schema.
 */
//#define CONFIG_EXPORT 2 // :[1:'JSON', 2:'config.ini', 3:'schema.json', 4:'schema.yml']

//===========================================================================
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
// @section temperature

/**
 * Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise.  Any noise induced in
 * the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them,
 * may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors.  This
 * value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error
 * is reported.  This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while
 * still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous
 * stream of errors from the sensor.
 *
 * Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur.
 */
#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15

//
// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
//
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
  #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define HOTEND0_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define HOTEND0_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
  #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define HOTEND1_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define HOTEND1_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
  #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define HOTEND2_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define HOTEND2_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
  #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define HOTEND3_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define HOTEND3_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
  #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define HOTEND4_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define HOTEND4_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
  #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define HOTEND5_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define HOTEND5_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000
  #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define HOTEND6_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define HOTEND6_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000
  #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define HOTEND7_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define HOTEND7_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
  #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS        4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS       100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define BED_BETA                        3950 // Beta value
  #define BED_SH_C_COEFF                     0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
  #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS    4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS   100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define CHAMBER_BETA                    3950 // Beta value
  #define CHAMBER_SH_C_COEFF                 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER == 1000
  #define COOLER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS     4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define COOLER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS    100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define COOLER_BETA                     3950 // Beta value
  #define COOLER_SH_C_COEFF                  0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == 1000
  #define PROBE_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS      4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define PROBE_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS     100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define PROBE_BETA                      3950 // Beta value
  #define PROBE_SH_C_COEFF                   0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD == 1000
  #define BOARD_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS      4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define BOARD_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS     100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define BOARD_BETA                      3950 // Beta value
  #define BOARD_SH_C_COEFF                   0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT == 1000
  #define REDUNDANT_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS  4700 // Pullup resistor
  #define REDUNDANT_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
  #define REDUNDANT_BETA                  3950 // Beta value
  #define REDUNDANT_SH_C_COEFF               0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif

/**
 * Thermocouple Options â€” for MAX6675 (-2), MAX31855 (-3), and MAX31865 (-5).
 */
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_FORCE_HW_SPI                // Ignore SCK/MOSI/MISO pins; use CS and the default SPI bus.
//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_0 2               // (2-4) Number of wires for the probe connected to a MAX31865 board.
//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_1 2
//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_2 2

//#define MAX31865_50HZ_FILTER                    // Use a 50Hz filter instead of the default 60Hz.
//#define MAX31865_USE_READ_ERROR_DETECTION       // Treat value spikes (20Â°C delta in under 1s) as read errors.

//#define MAX31865_USE_AUTO_MODE                  // Read faster and more often than 1-shot; bias voltage always on; slight effect on RTD temperature.
//#define MAX31865_MIN_SAMPLING_TIME_MSEC     100 // (ms) 1-shot: minimum read interval. Reduces bias voltage effects by leaving sensor unpowered for longer intervals.
//#define MAX31865_IGNORE_INITIAL_FAULTY_READS 10 // Ignore some read faults (keeping the temperature reading) to work around a possible issue (#23439).

//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_0              0.95f // For 2-wire, set the wire resistances for more accurate readings.
//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_1              0.0f
//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_2              0.0f

/**
 * Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
 * https://www.en3dstudios.com/product/bq-hephestos-2-heated-bed-kit/
 */
//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
  #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
#endif

//
// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options
//
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
  #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000   // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control
  #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
    #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2        // (Â°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS
  #endif
#endif

//
// Heated Chamber options
//
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
  #define CHAMBER_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000   // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control
  #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
    #define CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2        // (Â°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS
  #endif
#endif

#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN      P2_04   // Required heater on/off pin (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug)
  //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
  //#define FAN1_PIN                   -1   // Remove the fan signal on pin P2_04 (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug)

  //#define CHAMBER_FAN               // Enable a fan on the chamber
  #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN)
    //#define CHAMBER_FAN_INDEX   2   // Index of a fan to repurpose as the chamber fan. (Default: first unused fan)
    #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE      2   // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve; 3=similar to 1 but fan is always on.
    #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0
      #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE  255   // Chamber fan PWM (0-255)
    #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1
      #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE  128   // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target
      #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25   // PWM increase per Â°C above target
    #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2
      #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE  128   // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255)
      #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25   // PWM increase per Â°C difference from target
    #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 3
      #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE  128   // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255)
      #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25   // PWM increase per Â°C above target
    #endif
  #endif

  //#define CHAMBER_VENT              // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber
  #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT)
    #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR  1  // Index of the vent servo
    #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5  // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber
    #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT  3
    #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20
    #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5
  #endif
#endif

//
// Laser Cooler options
//
#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER
  #define COOLER_MINTEMP           8  // (Â°C)
  #define COOLER_MAXTEMP          26  // (Â°C)
  #define COOLER_DEFAULT_TEMP     16  // (Â°C)
  #define TEMP_COOLER_HYSTERESIS   1  // (Â°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
  #define COOLER_PIN               8  // Laser cooler on/off pin used to control power to the cooling element (e.g., TEC, External chiller via relay)
  #define COOLER_INVERTING     false
  #define TEMP_COOLER_PIN         15  // Laser/Cooler temperature sensor pin. ADC is required.
  #define COOLER_FAN                  // Enable a fan on the cooler, Fan# 0,1,2,3 etc.
  #define COOLER_FAN_INDEX         0  // FAN number 0, 1, 2 etc. e.g.
  #if ENABLED(COOLER_FAN)
    #define COOLER_FAN_BASE      100  // Base Cooler fan PWM (0-255); turns on when Cooler temperature is above the target
    #define COOLER_FAN_FACTOR     25  // PWM increase per Â°C above target
  #endif
#endif

//
// Motherboard Sensor options
//
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BOARD   // Halt the printer if the board sensor leaves the temp range below.
  #define BOARD_MINTEMP           8  // (Â°C)
  #define BOARD_MAXTEMP          70  // (Â°C)
  //#define TEMP_BOARD_PIN -1        // Board temp sensor pin override.
#endif

//
// SoC Sensor options
//
#if TEMP_SENSOR_SOC
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_SOC     // Halt the printer if the SoC sensor leaves the temp range below.
  #define SOC_MAXTEMP            85  // (Â°C)
#endif

/**
 * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
 * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
 * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
 *
 * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
 * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
 * the heater on.
 *
 * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
 * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
 * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
 *
 * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
 * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
 */
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40        // (seconds)
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4     // (Â°C)

  //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING              // Slow down the part-cooling fan if the temperature drops
  #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING)
    //#define REPORT_ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING     // Report fan slowing activity to the console
    #if ANY(MPCTEMP, PIDTEMP)
      //#define TEMP_TUNING_MAINTAIN_FAN      // Don't slow down the fan speed during M303 or M306 T
    #endif
  #endif

  /**
   * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
   * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
   * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
   * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
   * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
   * test.
   *
   * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
   * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
   * below 2.
   */
  #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD  40               // (seconds)  // Ender Configs
  #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2               // (Â°C)
#endif

/**
 * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
 */
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD        180 // (seconds)  // Ender Configs
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS     2 // (Â°C)

  /**
   * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
   */
  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD                180 // (seconds)  // Ender Configs
  #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE               2 // (Â°C)
#endif

/**
 * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
 */
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD    20 // (seconds)
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (Â°C)

  /**
   * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
   */
  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD            60 // (seconds)
  #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE           2 // (Â°C)
#endif

/**
 * Thermal Protection parameters for the laser cooler.
 */
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER)
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_PERIOD     10 // (seconds)
  #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_HYSTERESIS  3 // (Â°C)

  /**
   * Laser cooling watch settings (M143/M193).
   */
  #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_PERIOD             60 // (seconds)
  #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_INCREASE            3 // (Â°C)
#endif

#if ANY(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS, THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED, THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER, THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER)
  /**
   * Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
   * Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
   *
   * This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
   * a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
   *
   * This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
   * or if Marlin stops reading them, temperatures will remain constant while heaters may still be powered!
   * This feature only monitors temperature changes so it should catch any issue, hardware or software.
   *
   * By default it uses the THERMAL_PROTECTION_*_PERIOD constants (above) for the time window, within which
   * at least one temperature change must occur, to indicate that sensor polling is working. If any monitored
   * heater's temperature remains totally constant (without even a fractional change) during this period, a
   * thermal malfunction error occurs and the printer is halted.
   *
   * A very stable heater might produce a false positive and halt the printer. In this case, try increasing
   * the corresponding THERMAL_PROTECTION_*_PERIOD constant a bit. Keep in mind that uncontrolled heating
   * shouldn't be allowed to persist for more than a minute or two.
   *
   * Be careful to distinguish false positives from real sensor issues before disabling this feature. If the
   * heater's temperature appears even slightly higher than expected after restarting, you may have a real
   * thermal malfunction. Check the temperature graph in your host for any unusual bumps.
   */
  //#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR  // MRiscoC disabled because it gives false positives
  #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR)
    // Variance detection window to override the THERMAL_PROTECTION...PERIOD settings above.
    // Keep in mind that some heaters heat up faster than others.
    //#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR_PERIOD 30  // (s) Override all watch periods
  #endif
#endif

#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
  // Add an additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
  // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
  //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
  #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
    #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed
    #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
  #endif

  /**
   * Add an additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
   * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
   * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
   * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
   *
   * Constant compensation (use only with fan speeds of 0% and 100%)
   * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
   * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
   *   kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
   * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
   *
   * Example:
   *   Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
   *   Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
   *
   * Fan-speed dependent compensation
   * --------------------------------
   * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
   *    Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
   *    If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
   *    drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
   * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
   * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
   * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
   * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
   *    PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
   */
  //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
  #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
    //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
    #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
      // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
      // Just figure out Kf at full speed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
      // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.

      #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0        //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
      #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED   6.0        //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
      #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED     10.0        // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING

      #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
      #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0

    #else
      #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0)             // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
      #define DEFAULT_Kf 10                              // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
      #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10               // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
    #endif
  #endif
#endif

/**
 * Automatic Temperature Mode
 *
 * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves.
 *
 * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID
 *  behavior using an additional kC value.)
 *
 * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp.
 *
 * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F<factor> S<mintemp> B<maxtemp>.
 * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL).
 */
#define AUTOTEMP
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
  #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT    0.98  // Factor used to weight previous readings (0.0 < value < 1.0)
  #define AUTOTEMP_MIN          210
  #define AUTOTEMP_MAX          250
  #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR       0.1f
  // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here
  //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL
  #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL)
    #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P      0 // (Â°C) Added to the target temperature
    #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P      5 // (Â°C) Added to the target temperature
    #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P   1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F)
  #endif
#endif

// Show Temperature ADC value
// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES

/**
 * High Temperature Thermistor Support
 *
 * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
 * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means TEMP_SENSOR_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
 * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
 * preheating process, which will trigger a MINTEMP error as a safety measure
 * and force stop everything.
 * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
 * MINTEMP error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
 * aberrant readings.
 *
 * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
 * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
 */

// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
// before a MINTEMP error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0

/**
 * The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
 * the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
 * hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
 * the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
 * This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
 */
#define PREHEAT_TIME_HOTEND_MS 7500
//#define PREHEAT_TIME_BED_MS 0

// @section extruder

/**
 * Extruder runout prevention.
 * If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
 * then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
 */
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500  // (mm/min)
  #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5   // (mm)
#endif

/**
 * Hotend Idle Timeout
 * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam.
 */
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT  // MRiscoC Disable heaters after timeout
#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT)
  #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (10*60)    // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection  // MRiscoC 10 minutes for heaters timeout
  #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER   (EXTRUDE_MINTEMP - 10)     // (Â°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection  // MRiscoC set idle trigger lower than default EXTRUDE_MINTEMP
  #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET   0     // (Â°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout
  #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET      0     // (Â°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout
#endif

// @section temperature

// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET  0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN    1.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN   1.0

// @section fans

/**
 * Controller Fan
 * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
 *
 * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns
 * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off.
 */
//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1           // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN2_PIN -1          // Set a custom pin for second controller fan
  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY       // With this option only the Z axis is considered
  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z         // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled.
  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN         0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.)
  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE    255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled
  #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE        0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled
  #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME        60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors

  // Use TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD as a trigger for enabling the controller fan
  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MIN_BOARD_TEMP 40  // (Â°C) Turn on the fan if the board reaches this temperature

  // Use TEMP_SENSOR_SOC as a trigger for enabling the controller fan
  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MIN_SOC_TEMP 40  // (Â°C) Turn on the fan if the SoC reaches this temperature

  //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE         // Enable M710 configurable settings
  #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE)
    #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU             // Enable the Controller Fan submenu
  #endif
#endif

/**
 * Fan Kickstart
 * When part cooling or controller fans first start, run at a speed that
 * gets it spinning reliably for a short time before setting the requested speed.
 * (Does not work on Sanguinololu with FAN_SOFT_PWM.)
 */
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME  100  // (ms)
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_POWER 180  // 64-255

// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
//#define FAN_OFF_PWM  1

/**
 * PWM Fan Scaling
 *
 * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
 *
 * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
 * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
 * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
 * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
 *
 * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
 */
#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50  // Ender Configs
//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128

/**
 * Fan Fast PWM
 *
 * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally
 * to produce a frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
 *
 * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
 *   Set this to your desired frequency.
 *   For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
 *            i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
 *   For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
 *   This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
 *   and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
 *
 *   NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
 *         Setting very high frequencies can damage your hardware.
 *
 * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
 *   Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
 *   16MHz MCUs: [62.5kHz, 31.4kHz (default), 7.8kHz, 3.92kHz, 1.95kHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
 *   20MHz MCUs: [78.1kHz, 39.2kHz (default), 9.77kHz, 4.9kHz, 2.44kHz, 1.22kHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
 *   A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
 *   PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
 *   USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
 */
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN    // Increase the fan PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
  //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400  // Define here to override the defaults below
  //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
  #ifndef FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
    #ifdef __AVR__
      #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY ((F_CPU) / (2 * 255 * 1))
    #else
      #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 1000U
    #endif
  #endif
#endif

/**
 * Assign more PWM fans for part cooling, synchronized with Fan 0
 */
//#define REDUNDANT_PART_COOLING_FAN 1  // Index of the first fan to synchronize with Fan 0
#ifdef REDUNDANT_PART_COOLING_FAN
  //#define NUM_REDUNDANT_FANS 1        // Number of sequential fans to synchronize with Fan 0
#endif

/**
 * Extruder cooling fans
 *
 * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
 * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
 *
 * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
 * or set to -1 to disable completely.
 *
 * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
 * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
 */
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1  // Ender3V2 Configs
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1

#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255   // 255 == full speed
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 18
#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255

/**
 * Hotend Cooling Fans tachometers
 *
 * Define one or more tachometer pins to enable fan speed
 * monitoring, and reporting of fan speeds with M123.
 *
 * NOTE: Only works with fans up to 7000 RPM.
 */
//#define FOURWIRES_FANS      // Needed with AUTO_FAN when 4-wire PWM fans are installed
//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN

/**
 * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
 *
 * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
 * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
 * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
 */
#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
#define FANMUX2_PIN -1

/**
 * @section caselight
 * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
 */
//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
  //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4                  // Override the default pin if needed
  #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false             // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true          // Set default power-up state on
  #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105   // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
  //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS          // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128            // Limit PWM duty cycle (0-255)
  //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU                   // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
  #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
    //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL         // Use NeoPixel LED as case light
  #endif
  #if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
    //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED          // Use RGB / RGBW LED as case light
  #endif
  #if ANY(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL, CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED)
    #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
  #endif
#endif

// @section endstops

// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT

// @section extras

//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.

// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN        -1
  //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
#endif

// @section idex

/**
 * Dual X Carriage
 *
 * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
 * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
 * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
 * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
 * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
 * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
 *
 * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
 *
 *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
 *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
 *
 *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
 *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
 *
 *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
 *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
 *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
 *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
 *
 *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
 *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
 *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
 *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
 */
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS    // Set to X_MIN_POS
  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE   // A max coordinate so the X1 carriage can't hit the parked X2 carriage
  #define X2_MIN_POS    80        // A min coordinate so the X2 carriage can't hit the parked X1 carriage
  #define X2_MAX_POS   353        // The max position of the X2 carriage, typically also the home position
  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS  // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
                                  // NOTE: For Dual X Carriage use M218 T1 Xn to override the X2_HOME_POS.
                                  // This allows recalibration of endstops distance without a rebuild.
                                  // Remember to set the second extruder's X-offset to 0 in your slicer.

  // This is the default power-up mode which can be changed later using M605 S<mode>.
  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE

  // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
  #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

  // Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode.
  //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X"
#endif

// @section multi stepper

/**
 * Multi-Stepper / Multi-Endstop
 *
 * When X2_DRIVER_TYPE is defined, this indicates that the X and X2 motors work in tandem.
 * The following explanations for X also apply to Y and Z multi-stepper setups.
 * Endstop offsets may be changed by 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>' and stored to EEPROM.
 *
 * - Enable INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR if the X2 motor requires an opposite DIR signal from X.
 *
 * - Enable X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS if the second motor has its own endstop, with adjustable offset.
 *
 *   - Extra endstops are included in the output of 'M119'.
 *
 *   - Set X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to the known error in the X2 endstop.
 *     Applied to the X2 motor on 'G28' / 'G28 X'.
 *     Get the offset by homing X and measuring the error.
 *     Also set with 'M666 X<offset>' and stored to EEPROM with 'M500'.
 *
 *   - Define the extra endstop pins here to override defaults. No auto-assignment.
 */
#if HAS_X2_STEPPER && DISABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
  //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR        // X2 direction signal is the opposite of X
  //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS           // X2 has its own endstop
  #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
    //#define X2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN   // X2 endstop pin override
    #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT  0  // X2 offset relative to X endstop
  #endif
#endif

#if HAS_Y2_STEPPER
  //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR        // Y2 direction signal is the opposite of Y
  //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS           // Y2 has its own endstop
  #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
    //#define Y2_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN   // Y2 endstop pin override
    #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT  0  // Y2 offset relative to Y endstop
  #endif
#endif

//
// Multi-Z steppers
//
#ifdef Z2_DRIVER_TYPE
  //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR        // Z2 direction signal is the opposite of Z

  //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS          // Other Z axes have their own endstops
  #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
    //#define Z2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN   // Z2 endstop pin override
    #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0   // Z2 offset relative to Z endstop
  #endif
  #ifdef Z3_DRIVER_TYPE
    //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR      // Z3 direction signal is the opposite of Z
    #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
      //#define Z3_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Z3 endstop pin override
      #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z3 offset relative to Z endstop
    #endif
  #endif
  #ifdef Z4_DRIVER_TYPE
    //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR      // Z4 direction signal is the opposite of Z
    #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
      //#define Z4_STOP_PIN Z_MAX_PIN // Z4 endstop pin override
      #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z4 offset relative to Z endstop
    #endif
  #endif
#endif

// Drive the E axis with two synchronized steppers
//#define E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
  //#define INVERT_E1_VS_E0_DIR       // E direction signals are opposites
#endif

// @section extruder

// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
//#define EXT_SOLENOID

// @section homing

/**
 * Homing Procedure
 * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish
 * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace.
 */

//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM  { 2, 2, 0 }  // (linear=mm, rotational=Â°) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing

#define HOMING_BUMP_MM      { 5, 5, 2 }       // (linear=mm, rotational=Â°) Backoff from endstops after first bump
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 }       // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)

//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 }  // (linear=mm, rotational=Â°) Backoff from endstops after homing
//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0         // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa

#define QUICK_HOME                          // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first  // Ender Configs
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X                     // If G28 contains XY home Y before X
//#define HOME_Z_FIRST                        // Home Z first. Requires a real endstop (not a probe).
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING               // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first

// @section bltouch

#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
  /**
   * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
   * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
   * advanced commands.
   *
   * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the
   *       wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
   *
   * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
   *       because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
   *       like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
   *
   * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
   */

  // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
  //         Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
  //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500

  /**
   * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
   */

  // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
  //          in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE

  /**
   * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
   * Summary:
   *   - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
   *   - High-Speed mode
   *   - Disable LCD voltage options
   */

  /**
   * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
   * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
   * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
   * On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
   * differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
   * Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
   */
  //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE

  // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
  //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU

  /**
   * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
   * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
   * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
   * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
   */
  //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET

  /**
   * Enable "HIGH SPEED" option for probing.
   * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
   * This feature was designed for Deltabots with very fast Z moves; however, higher speed Cartesians
   * might be able to use it. If the machine can't raise Z fast enough the BLTouch may go into ALARM.
   *
   * Set the default state here, change with 'M401 S' or UI, use M500 to save, M502 to reset.
   */
  //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE true

  #ifdef BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
    // The probe Z offset (M851 Z) is the height at which the probe triggers.
    // This must be large enough to keep the probe pin off the bed and prevent
    // it from snagging on the bed clips.
    #define BLTOUCH_HS_EXTRA_CLEARANCE    7 // Extra Z Clearance
  #endif

#endif // BLTOUCH

// @section calibration

/**
 * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
 * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
 */
//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
  /**
   * Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]]
   * These positions are machine-relative and do not shift with the M206 home offset!
   * If not defined, probe limits will be used.
   * Override with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>'.
   */
  //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { {  10, 190 }, { 100,  10 }, { 190, 190 } }

  /**
   * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions.
   * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>'
   *
   * 2 Steppers:  (0)     (1)
   *               |       |   2   |
   *               | 1   2 |       |
   *               |       |   1   |
   *
   * 3 Steppers:  (0)     (1)     (2)     (3)
   *               |   3   | 1     | 2   1 |     2 |
   *               |       |     3 |       | 3     |
   *               | 1   2 | 2     |   3   |     1 |
   *
   * 4 Steppers:  (0)     (1)     (2)     (3)
   *               | 4   3 | 1   4 | 2   1 | 3   2 |
   *               |       |       |       |       |
   *               | 1   2 | 2   3 | 3   4 | 4   1 |
   */
  #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY
    //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0
  #endif

  /**
   * Z Stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
   * Requires 3 or 4 Z steppers.
   *
   * Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3... corresponding to the screw
   * positions in the bed carriage, with one position per Z stepper in stepper
   * driver order.
   */
  //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }

  #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY
    // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case
    // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point.
    #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0       // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability!
  #endif

  // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
  #define G34_MAX_GRADE              5    // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle
  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5    // Number of iterations to apply during alignment
  #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC        0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this
  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34      // Restore leveling after G34 is done?
  // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights?
  // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed.
  #define HOME_AFTER_G34
#endif

//
// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe.
//
//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING
#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING)

  // Define from 3 to 9 points to probe.
  #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 29, 29 }, { 199, 29 }, { 199, 199 }, { 29, 199 } }

  // Define position names for probe points.
  #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left"
  #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right"
  #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right"
  #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left"

  #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35    // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
  //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM          // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first

  //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD    // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu

  //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment

  /**
   * Screw thread:
   *   M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise
   *   M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise
   *   M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise
   */
  #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 40

#endif

// @section motion control

/**
 * Fixed-time-based Motion Control -- EXPERIMENTAL
 * Enable/disable and set parameters with G-code M493.
 */
//#define FT_MOTION
#if ENABLED(FT_MOTION)
  #define FTM_DEFAULT_MODE        ftMotionMode_DISABLED // Default mode of fixed time control. (Enums in ft_types.h)
  #define FTM_DEFAULT_DYNFREQ_MODE dynFreqMode_DISABLED // Default mode of dynamic frequency calculation. (Enums in ft_types.h)
  #define FTM_SHAPING_DEFAULT_X_FREQ   37.0f      // (Hz) Default peak frequency used by input shapers
  #define FTM_SHAPING_DEFAULT_Y_FREQ   37.0f      // (Hz) Default peak frequency used by input shapers
  #define FTM_LINEAR_ADV_DEFAULT_ENA   false      // Default linear advance enable (true) or disable (false)
  #define FTM_LINEAR_ADV_DEFAULT_K      0.0f      // Default linear advance gain
  #define FTM_SHAPING_ZETA_X            0.1f      // Zeta used by input shapers for X axis
  #define FTM_SHAPING_ZETA_Y            0.1f      // Zeta used by input shapers for Y axis

  #define FTM_SHAPING_V_TOL_X           0.05f     // Vibration tolerance used by EI input shapers for X axis
  #define FTM_SHAPING_V_TOL_Y           0.05f     // Vibration tolerance used by EI input shapers for Y axis

  //#define FT_MOTION_MENU                        // Provide a MarlinUI menu to set M493 parameters

  /**
   * Advanced configuration
   */
  #define FTM_UNIFIED_BWS                         // DON'T DISABLE unless you use Ulendo FBS (not implemented)
  #if ENABLED(FTM_UNIFIED_BWS)
    #define FTM_BW_SIZE               100         // Unified Window and Batch size with a ratio of 2
  #else
    #define FTM_WINDOW_SIZE           200         // Custom Window size for trajectory generation needed by Ulendo FBS
    #define FTM_BATCH_SIZE            100         // Custom Batch size for trajectory generation needed by Ulendo FBS
  #endif

  #define FTM_FS                     1000         // (Hz) Frequency for trajectory generation. (Reciprocal of FTM_TS)
  #define FTM_TS                        0.001f    // (s) Time step for trajectory generation. (Reciprocal of FTM_FS)

  // These values may be configured to adjust the duration of loop().
  #define FTM_STEPS_PER_LOOP           60         // Number of stepper commands to generate each loop()
  #define FTM_POINTS_PER_LOOP         100         // Number of trajectory points to generate each loop()

  #if DISABLED(COREXY)
    #define FTM_STEPPER_FS          20000         // (Hz) Frequency for stepper I/O update

    // Use this to adjust the time required to consume the command buffer.
    // Try increasing this value if stepper motion is choppy.
    #define FTM_STEPPERCMD_BUFF_SIZE 3000         // Size of the stepper command buffers
                                                  // (FTM_STEPS_PER_LOOP * FTM_POINTS_PER_LOOP) is a good start
                                                  // If you run out of memory, fall back to 3000 and increase progressively
  #else
    // CoreXY motion needs a larger buffer size. These values are based on our testing.
    #define FTM_STEPPER_FS          30000
    #define FTM_STEPPERCMD_BUFF_SIZE 6000
  #endif

  #define FTM_STEPS_PER_UNIT_TIME (FTM_STEPPER_FS / FTM_FS)       // Interpolated stepper commands per unit time
  #define FTM_CTS_COMPARE_VAL (FTM_STEPS_PER_UNIT_TIME / 2)       // Comparison value used in interpolation algorithm
  #define FTM_MIN_TICKS ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / (FTM_STEPPER_FS)) // Minimum stepper ticks between steps

  #define FTM_MIN_SHAPE_FREQ           10         // Minimum shaping frequency
  #define FTM_RATIO (FTM_FS / FTM_MIN_SHAPE_FREQ) // Factor for use in FTM_ZMAX. DON'T CHANGE.
  #define FTM_ZMAX (FTM_RATIO * 2)                // Maximum delays for shaping functions (even numbers only!)
                                                  // Calculate as:
                                                  //   ZV       : FTM_RATIO / 2
                                                  //   ZVD, MZV : FTM_RATIO
                                                  //   2HEI     : FTM_RATIO * 3 / 2
                                                  //   3HEI     : FTM_RATIO * 2
#endif

/**
 * Input Shaping -- EXPERIMENTAL
 *
 * Zero Vibration (ZV) Input Shaping for X and/or Y movements.
 *
 * This option uses a lot of SRAM for the step buffer. The buffer size is
 * calculated automatically from SHAPING_FREQ_[XY], DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT,
 * DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE and ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING. The default calculation can
 * be overridden by setting SHAPING_MIN_FREQ and/or SHAPING_MAX_FEEDRATE.
 * The higher the frequency and the lower the feedrate, the smaller the buffer.
 * If the buffer is too small at runtime, input shaping will have reduced
 * effectiveness during high speed movements.
 *
 * Tune with M593 D<factor> F<frequency>:
 *
 *  D<factor>    Set the zeta/damping factor. If axes (X, Y, etc.) are not specified, set for all axes.
 *  F<frequency> Set the frequency. If axes (X, Y, etc.) are not specified, set for all axes.
 *  T[map]       Input Shaping type, 0:ZV, 1:EI, 2:2H EI (not implemented yet)
 *  X<1>         Set the given parameters only for the X axis.
 *  Y<1>         Set the given parameters only for the Y axis.
 */
//#define INPUT_SHAPING_X
//#define INPUT_SHAPING_Y
#if ANY(INPUT_SHAPING_X, INPUT_SHAPING_Y)
  #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_X)
    #define SHAPING_FREQ_X  40          // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the X axis.
    #define SHAPING_ZETA_X  0.15f       // Damping ratio of the X axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).
  #endif
  #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_Y)
    #define SHAPING_FREQ_Y  40          // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the Y axis.
    #define SHAPING_ZETA_Y  0.15f       // Damping ratio of the Y axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).
  #endif
  //#define SHAPING_MIN_FREQ  20        // By default the minimum of the shaping frequencies. Override to affect SRAM usage.
  //#define SHAPING_MAX_STEPRATE 10000  // By default the maximum total step rate of the shaped axes. Override to affect SRAM usage.
  //#define SHAPING_MENU                // Add a menu to the LCD to set shaping parameters.
#endif

// @section motion

#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }

// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION

// By default stepper drivers require an active-HIGH signal but some high-power drivers require an active-LOW signal to step.
#define STEP_STATE_X HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_Y HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_Z HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_I HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_J HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_K HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_U HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_V HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_W HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_E HIGH

/**
 * Idle Stepper Shutdown
 * Enable DISABLE_IDLE_* to shut down axis steppers after an idle period.
 * The default timeout duration can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout.
 */
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_TIMEOUT_SEC 120
#define DISABLE_IDLE_X
#define DISABLE_IDLE_Y
#define DISABLE_IDLE_Z    // Disable if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part!
//#define DISABLE_IDLE_I
//#define DISABLE_IDLE_J
//#define DISABLE_IDLE_K
//#define DISABLE_IDLE_U
//#define DISABLE_IDLE_V
//#define DISABLE_IDLE_W
#define DISABLE_IDLE_E    // Shut down all idle extruders

// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE       0.0     // (mm/s. Â°/s for rotational-only moves) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S.
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE     0.0     // (mm/s. Â°/s for rotational-only moves) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T.

// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME        20000   // (Âµs) Set with M205 B.

// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full.
// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes.
#define SLOWDOWN
#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN)
  #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2
#endif

/**
 * XY Frequency limit
 * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves.
 * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html
 * Use M201 F<freq> G<min%> to change limits at runtime.
 */
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT      10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F<hertz>.
#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT
  #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (%) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G<min%>.
#endif

//
// Backlash Compensation
// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
//
//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
  // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
  // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
  #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=Â°) One value for each linear axis
  #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION    0.0       // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction

  // Add steps for motor direction changes on CORE kinematics
  //#define CORE_BACKLASH

  // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
  // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
  //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)

  // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
  //#define BACKLASH_GCODE

  #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
    // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
    #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING

    #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
      // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
      // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
      // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT       0.5   // (mm)
      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION  0.005 // (mm)
      #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE    Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW // (mm/min)
    #endif
  #endif
#endif

/**
 * Automatic backlash, position, and hotend offset calibration
 *
 * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
 * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
 *
 * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
 * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
 * and hotend offsets.
 *
 * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
 *       Â±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
 */
//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)

  //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE  "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..."
  //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved"

  #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION     0.01 // mm

  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW             60    // mm/min
  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST           1200    // mm/min
  #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL         3000    // mm/min

  // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT          1.0  // mm
  #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER      2.0  // mm

  // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes flash).
  //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING

  // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER     { 264.0, -22.0,  -2.0 } // mm
  #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS {  10.0,  10.0,  10.0 } // mm

  // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
  // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
  #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK

  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMIN
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMAX
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMIN
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMAX
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMIN
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMAX
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMIN
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMAX
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMIN
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMAX
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMIN
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMAX

  // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
  // probing on a screw head or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
  //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES

  // Define the pin to read during calibration
  #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1            // Define here to override the default pin
    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin
    //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
    #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
  #endif
#endif

/**
 * Multi-stepping sends steps in bursts to reduce MCU usage for high step-rates.
 * This allows higher feedrates than the MCU could otherwise support.
 */
#define MULTISTEPPING_LIMIT   16  //: [1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128]

/**
 * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
 * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
 * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
 * lowest stepping frequencies.
 */
#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING

/**
 * Custom Microstepping
 * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
 */
//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH

// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.)
#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]

/**
 *  @section  stepper motor current
 *
 *  Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
 *
 *  The power on motor currents are set by:
 *    PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
 *                         known compatible chips: A4982
 *    DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
 *                         known compatible chips: AD5206
 *    DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
 *                         known compatible chips: MCP4728
 *    DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
 *                         known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
 *
 *  Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
 *    M907 - applies to all.
 *    M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
 *    M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
 */
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 }          // Values in milliamps
//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 }   // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 }    // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis

/**
 * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
 */
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018             // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451
#if ANY(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451)
  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8  // 5DPRINT:4   AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8   MKS_SBASE:5   MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5

  // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
  // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
  #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO

  //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES    // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents)

  /**
   * Common slave addresses:
   *
   *                        A   (A shifted)   B   (B shifted)  IC
   * Smoothie              0x2C (0x58)       0x2D (0x5A)       MCP4451
   * AZTEEG_X3_PRO         0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI        0x2C (0x58)       0x2E (0x5C)       MCP4451
   * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI         0x58              0x5C        MCP4451
   * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE      0x2F (0x5E)                         MCP4018
   */
  //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C  // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
  //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D  // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
#endif

//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================

// @section lcd

#if HAS_MANUAL_MOVE_MENU
  #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
  #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025    // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines
  #if IS_ULTIPANEL
    #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
    #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY  // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
  #endif
#endif

// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
  #define ENCODER_5X_STEPS_PER_SEC    30  // Ender Configs
  #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC   80  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed  // Ender Configs
  #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC  130  // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed  // Ender Configs
#endif

// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION   10
  #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
#endif

#if HAS_BED_PROBE && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_MENU, HAS_TFT_LVGL_UI)
  //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD       // Add a Probe Z Offset calibration option to the LCD menu
  #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD)
    /**
     * Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.
     * Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.
     * For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.
     */
    //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0

    // Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance)
    //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER }
  #endif
#endif

#if HAS_MARLINUI_MENU

  #if HAS_BED_PROBE
    // Add calibration in the Probe Offsets menu to compensate for X-axis twist.
    //#define X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION
    #if ENABLED(X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION)
      /**
       * Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.
       * Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.
       * For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.
       */
      #define XATC_START_Z 0.0
      #define XATC_MAX_POINTS 3             // Number of points to probe in the wizard
      #define XATC_Y_POSITION Y_CENTER      // (mm) Y position to probe
      #define XATC_Z_OFFSETS { 0, 0, 0 }    // Z offsets for X axis sample points
    #endif

    // Show Deploy / Stow Probe options in the Motion menu.
    #define PROBE_DEPLOY_STOW_MENU
  #endif

  // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
  //#define LCD_INFO_MENU
  #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
    //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
  #endif

  /**
   * MarlinUI "Move Axis" menu distances. Comma-separated list.
   * Values are displayed as-defined, so always use plain numbers here.
   * Axis moves <= 1/2 the axis length and Extruder moves <= EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH
   * will be shown in the move submenus.
   */
  #define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_MM                    10, 1.0, 0.1  // (mm)
  //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_MM         100, 50, 10, 1.0, 0.1  // (mm)
  //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_MM    500, 100, 50, 10, 1.0, 0.1  // (mm)

  // Manual move distances for INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
  #define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_IN                          0.100, 0.010, 0.001  // (in)
  //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_IN          1.000, 0.500, 0.100, 0.010, 0.001  // (in)
  //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_IN   5.000, 1.000, 0.500, 0.100, 0.010, 0.001  // (in)

  // Manual move distances for rotational axes
  #define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_DEG             90, 45, 22.5, 5, 1  // (Â°)

  // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
  //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM

  // Insert a menu for preheating at the top level to allow for quick access
  //#define PREHEAT_SHORTCUT_MENU_ITEM

  // Add Configuration > Debug Menu > Endstop Test for endstop/probe/runout testing
  //#define LCD_ENDSTOP_TEST

#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_MENU

#if HAS_DISPLAY
  /**
   * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
   *
   * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
   * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
   * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
   *
   * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
   * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
   */
  #define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN                 // Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
  #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN)
    #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1100       // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s)
    #if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI)
      #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL      // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash)
    #endif
    #if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
      //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of flash.
    #endif
    #if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
      //#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN    // Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
    #endif
  #endif

  #if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
    //#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE  // Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
  #endif

  #define SOUND_MENU_ITEM   // Add a mute option to the LCD menu  // MRiscoC Enable Sound Menu Item
  #define SOUND_ON_DEFAULT    // Buzzer/speaker default enabled state

  #if HAS_WIRED_LCD
    //#define DOUBLE_LCD_FRAMERATE        // Not recommended for slow boards.
  #endif

  // The timeout to return to the status screen from sub-menus
  //#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000   // (ms)

  // Scroll a longer status message into view
  #define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING  // MRiscoC, Allows scrolling of large status messages

  // Apply a timeout to low-priority status messages
  #define STATUS_MESSAGE_TIMEOUT_SEC 90 // (seconds)  // MRiscoC Enable Status Message Timeout

  // On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
  //#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY

  // Show the E position (filament used) during printing
  //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL

  // Display a negative temperature instead of "err"
  //#define SHOW_TEMPERATURE_BELOW_ZERO

  /**
   * LED Control Menu
   * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
   */
  //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
  #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
    #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS                 // Enable the Preset Color menu option
    //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS              // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option
    #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
      #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED        255  // User defined RED value
      #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128  // User defined GREEN value
      #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0  // User defined BLUE value
      #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255  // User defined WHITE value
      #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255  // User defined intensity
      //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP       // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
    #endif
    #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS)
      #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED        255 // User defined RED value
      #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN      128 // User defined GREEN value
      #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE         0 // User defined BLUE value
      #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE      255 // User defined WHITE value
      #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
      //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP      // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip
    #endif
  #endif

#endif // HAS_DISPLAY

#if HAS_FEEDRATE_EDIT
  #define SPEED_EDIT_MIN    10  // (%) Feedrate percentage edit range minimum
  #define SPEED_EDIT_MAX   999  // (%) Feedrate percentage edit range maximum
#endif
#if HAS_FLOW_EDIT
  #define FLOW_EDIT_MIN     10  // (%) Flow percentage edit range minimum
  #define FLOW_EDIT_MAX    999  // (%) Flow percentage edit range maximum
#endif

// Add 'M73' to set print job progress, overrides Marlin's built-in estimate
#define SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY  // MRiscoC, Allows display feedback of host printing through GCode M73
#if ENABLED(SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
  #define SET_PROGRESS_PERCENT            // Add 'P' parameter to set percentage done  // MRiscoC, Allows display feedback of host printing through GCode M73
  #define SET_REMAINING_TIME              // Add 'R' parameter to set remaining time  // MRiscoC, Allows display feedback of host printing through GCode M73
  //#define SET_INTERACTION_TIME          // Add 'C' parameter to set time until next filament change or other user interaction
  //#define M73_REPORT                    // Report M73 values to host
  #if ALL(M73_REPORT, HAS_MEDIA)
    #define M73_REPORT_SD_ONLY            // Report only when printing from SD
  #endif
#endif

// LCD Print Progress options. Multiple times may be displayed in turn.
#if HAS_DISPLAY && ANY(HAS_MEDIA, SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
  #define SHOW_PROGRESS_PERCENT           // Show print progress percentage (doesn't affect progress bar)
  #define SHOW_ELAPSED_TIME               // Display elapsed printing time (prefix 'E')
  #define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME           // Display estimated time to completion (prefix 'R')  // MRiscoC, Allows display remaining printing time
  #if ENABLED(SET_INTERACTION_TIME)
    #define SHOW_INTERACTION_TIME         // Display time until next user interaction ('C' = filament change)
  #endif
  //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS  // Show/report progress with decimal digits, not all UIs support this

  #if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL)
    //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR            // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
    #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
      #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000  // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
      #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000  // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
      #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE      0  // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
      //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE         // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
      //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST     // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
    #endif
  #endif
#endif

#if HAS_MEDIA
  /**
   * SD Card SPI Speed
   * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
   *
   * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
   *  otherwise full speed will be applied.
   *
   * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED']
   */
  //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED

  // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty.
  // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected.
  //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH

  //#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP            // Don't mount the SD card when starting up
  //#define SDCARD_READONLY                 // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash)

  //#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS            // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping

  //#define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1              // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls  // MRiscoC save program memory

  #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true   // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
  #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84"  // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place

  // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
  // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
  #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST

  #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START             // Confirm the selected SD file before printing

  //#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART                 // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM
  //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART               // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files

  //#define ONE_CLICK_PRINT                 // Prompt to print the newest file on inserted media
  //#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT          // Open the file browser when media is inserted

  //#define MEDIA_MENU_AT_TOP               // Force the media menu to be listed on the top of the main menu

  #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY"      // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")

  #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS)
    #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME  (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination
  #endif

  /**
   * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
   *
   * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
   * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
   * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
   * point in the file.
   */
  #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY  // Ender Configs
  #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
    #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT   false // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)
    //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY       // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
    //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE       2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
    //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN         44 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module.
    //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE     HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
    //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP         // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor
    //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN
    //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN   20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
    //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.

    // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
    // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
    #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data

    // Enable if Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled!
    //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME
    #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME)
      //#define POWER_LOSS_ZHOME_POS { 0, 0 } // Safe XY position to home Z while avoiding objects on the bed
    #endif
  #endif

  /**
   * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
   *
   * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
   * by name for easier navigation.
   *
   * By default...
   *
   *  - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
   *  - Folders are sorted to the top.
   *  - The sort key is statically allocated.
   *  - No added G-code (M34) support.
   *  - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
   *
   * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
   * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
   * limit is exceeded.
   *
   *  - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
   *  - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
   *  - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
   *  - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
   */
  #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA  // Ender Configs

  // SD Card Sorting options
  #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
    #define SDSORT_REVERSE     false  // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
    #define SDSORT_LIMIT       50     // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.  // MRiscoC Increase number of sorted items
    #define SDSORT_FOLDERS     -1     // -1=above  0=none  1=below
    #define SDSORT_GCODE       true  // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>  // MRiscoC Allows disable file sort by M34 g-code
    #define SDSORT_USES_RAM    true  // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.  // Ender Configs
    #define SDSORT_USES_STACK  false  // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
    #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true  // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.  // Ender Configs
    #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM true  // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!  // Ender Configs
    #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2      // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
                                      // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
  #endif

  // Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the
  // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language.
  //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT

  #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT    // Get the long filename of a file/folder with 'M33 <dosname>' and list long filenames with 'M20 L'  // MRiscoC Enabled
  #define LONG_FILENAME_WRITE_SUPPORT   // Create / delete files with long filenames via M28, M30, and Binary Transfer Protocol  // MRiscoC Enabled
  //#define M20_TIMESTAMP_SUPPORT         // Include timestamps by adding the 'T' flag to M20 commands

  #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES         // Scroll long filenames in the SD card menu  // MRiscoC Enabled

  //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN          // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)

  /**
   * Abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
   * This feature is enabled with 'M540 S1' or from the LCD menu.
   * Endstops must be activated for this option to work.
   */
  //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
  #if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT)
    //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_GCODE "G28XY" // G-code to run on endstop hit (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
  #endif

  //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE // On print completion open the LCD Menu and select the same file

  //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS         // Auto-report media status with 'M27 S<seconds>'

  /**
   * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
   * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
   * to Marlin as an SD card.
   *
   * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
   * the following pin mapping:
   *
   *    SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
   *    INT              --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
   *    SS               --> SDSS
   *
   * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
   */
  //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
  #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
    /**
     * USB Host Shield Library
     *
     * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
     *   on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
     *
     * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
     *   is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
     *   [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
     */
    //#define USE_UHS2_USB
    //#define USE_UHS3_USB

    #define DISABLE_DUE_SD_MMC // Disable USB Host access to USB Drive to prevent hangs on block access for DUE platform

    /**
     * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG)
     */
    //#define USE_OTG_USB_HOST

    #if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST)
      #define USB_CS_PIN    SDSS
      #define USB_INTR_PIN  SD_DETECT_PIN
    #endif
  #endif

  /**
   * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
   * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
   *
   * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
   *
   * Tested with this bootloader:
   *   https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
   */
  //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
  #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR    0x1FF
    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE   0xF0
    #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
  #endif

  /**
   * Enable this option if you have more than ~3K of unused flash space.
   * Marlin will embed all settings in the firmware binary as compressed data.
   * Use 'M503 C' to write the settings out to the SD Card as 'mc.zip'.
   * See docs/ConfigEmbedding.md for details on how to use 'mc-apply.py'.
   */
  //#define CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING

  // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
  #define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER  // MRiscoC Enabled for easy firmware upgrade

  #if ENABLED(BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER)
    // Include extra facilities (e.g., 'M20 F') supporting firmware upload via BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
    #define CUSTOM_FIRMWARE_UPLOAD  // MRiscoC Enabled for easy firmware upgrade
  #endif

  /**
   * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
   *
   *           LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
   *       ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board.
   *  CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
   *
   * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
   */
  //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD

  // Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender)
  //#define NO_SD_DETECT

  /**
   * Multiple volume support - EXPERIMENTAL.
   * Adds 'M21 Pm' / 'M21 S' / 'M21 U' to mount SD Card / USB Drive.
   */
  //#define MULTI_VOLUME
  #if ENABLED(MULTI_VOLUME)
    #define VOLUME_SD_ONBOARD
    #define VOLUME_USB_FLASH_DRIVE
    #define DEFAULT_VOLUME SV_SD_ONBOARD
    #define DEFAULT_SHARED_VOLUME SV_USB_FLASH_DRIVE
  #endif

#endif // HAS_MEDIA

/**
 * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
 * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
 */
#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE   // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).  // Ender Configs

/**
 * Additional options for Graphical Displays
 *
 * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
 * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
 * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
 * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
 *
 * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
 * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
 * printing performance versus fast display updates.
 */
#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
  // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen
  //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME
  #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME

  // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of flash.
  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
  //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT

  // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of flash.
  // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
  //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT

  /**
   * Graphical Display Sleep
   *
   * The U8G library provides sleep / wake functions for SH1106, SSD1306,
   * SSD1309, and some other DOGM displays.
   * Enable this option to save energy and prevent OLED pixel burn-in.
   * Adds the menu item Configuration > LCD Timeout (m) to set a wait period
   * from 0 (disabled) to 99 minutes.
   */
  //#define DISPLAY_SLEEP_MINUTES 2  // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the screen. Set with M255 S.

  /**
   * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
   * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
   * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
   *
   * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
   * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
   * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
   *
   * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
   * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
   */
  #if IS_U8GLIB_ST7920
    // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
    // The normal delay is 10Âµs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
    //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5

    //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
    #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
      #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
    #endif
  #endif

  /**
   * Status (Info) Screen customization
   * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
   * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
   */
  //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS    // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
  //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS  // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
  #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED      // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM for numbered hotends)
  #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM          // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
  #define STATUS_BED_ANIM             // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
  #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM         // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
  //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM        // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active
  //#define STATUS_COOLER_ANIM        // Use a second bitmap to indicate laser cooling
  //#define STATUS_FLOWMETER_ANIM     // Use multiple bitmaps to indicate coolant flow
  //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP     // Use the alternative bed bitmap
  //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP     // Use the alternative fan bitmap
  //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3       // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames

  // Only one STATUS_HEAT_* option can be enabled
  //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT       // Show heating in a progress bar
  //#define STATUS_HEAT_POWER         // Show heater output power as a vertical bar

  // Frivolous Game Options
  //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
  //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
  //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
  //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG          // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu

#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB

#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB || IS_DWIN_MARLINUI
  #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME           // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
  //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE       // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
#endif

//
// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
//
#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
  #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200

  #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
  #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
  //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS  // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)

  #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS  500    // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates

  #if DGUS_UI_IS(FYSETC, MKS, HIPRECY)
    #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME           // Display the filename during printing
    #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI               // Display a preheat screen during heatup

    #if DGUS_UI_IS(FYSETC, MKS)
      //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION   // Disabled by default for FYSETC and MKS
    #else
      #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION     // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
    #endif

    #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
    #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
      #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
      #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
    #endif

    #define DGUS_UI_WAITING               // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
    #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
      #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
      #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
    #endif

  #elif DGUS_UI_IS(E3S1PRO)
    /**
     * The stock Ender-3 S1 Pro/Plus display firmware has rather poor SD file handling.
     *
     * The autoscroll is mainly useful for status messages, filenames, and the "About" page.
     *
     * NOTE: The Advanced SD Card option is affected by the stock touchscreen firmware, so
     *       pages 5 and up will display "4/4". This may get fixed in a screen firmware update.
     */
    #define DGUS_SOFTWARE_AUTOSCROLL        // Enable long text software auto-scroll
    #define DGUS_AUTOSCROLL_START_CYCLES 1  // Refresh cycles without scrolling at the beginning of text strings
    #define DGUS_AUTOSCROLL_END_CYCLES 1    // ... at the end of text strings

    #define DGUS_ADVANCED_SDCARD            // Allow more than 20 files and navigating directories
    #define DGUS_USERCONFIRM                // Reuse the SD Card page to show various messages
  #endif
#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD

//
// Additional options for AnyCubic Chiron TFT displays
//
#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON)
  // By default the type of panel is automatically detected.
  // Enable one of these options if you know the panel type.
  //#define CHIRON_TFT_STANDARD
  //#define CHIRON_TFT_NEW

  // Enable the longer Anycubic powerup startup tune
  //#define AC_DEFAULT_STARTUP_TUNE

  /**
   * Display Folders
   * By default the file browser lists all G-code files (including those in subfolders) in a flat list.
   * Enable this option to display a hierarchical file browser.
   *
   * NOTES:
   * - Without this option it helps to enable SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA so files are sorted before/after folders.
   * - When used with the "new" panel, folder names will also have '.gcode' appended to their names.
   *   This hack is currently required to force the panel to show folders.
   */
  #define AC_SD_FOLDER_VIEW
#endif

//
// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE.
//
#if ANY(DOGLCD, TFT_COLOR_UI, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, IS_DWIN_MARLINUI, ANYCUBIC_LCD_VYPER)
  //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
  //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
  //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
  //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
  #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2
    //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change
  #endif
#endif

//
// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
//
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
  // Display board used
  //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A        // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
  //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
  //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB         // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
  //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB         // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
  //#define LCD_LULZBOT_CLCD_UI       // LulzBot Color LCD UI
  //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050       // FYSETC with 5" (800x480)
  //#define LCD_EVE3_50G              // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, BT815
  //#define LCD_EVE2_50G              // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, FT813

  // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
  //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
  //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
  //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480

  // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
  //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP      // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
  //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP      // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
  //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP     // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
  //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP       // FYSETC S6 pin mapping
  //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP       // FYSETC F6 pin mapping

  //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT  // Define pins manually below
  #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
    // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen
    #define CLCD_MOD_RESET  9
    #define CLCD_SPI_CS    10

    // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
    //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
    #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
      #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
      #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
      #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
    #endif
  #endif

  // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
  // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
  // portrait and mirrored orientations.
  //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
  //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
  //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED

  // UTF8 processing and rendering.
  // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
  //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
  #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
    // Western accents support. These accented characters use
    // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
    #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
    #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
      // Additional character groups. These characters require
      // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS  // Â¹ Â² Â³
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT     // Â© Â®
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC      // ÃŸ
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN  // Ã† Ã Ã˜ Ãž Ã¦ Ã° Ã¸ Ã¾
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION   // Â« Â» Â¿ Â¡
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY      // Â¢ Â£ Â¤ Â¥
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS      // Âº Âª
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS   // Â± Ã— Ã·
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS     // Â¼ Â½ Â¾
      //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS       // Âµ Â¶ Â¦ Â§ Â¬
    #endif

    // Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash
    //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET
  #endif

  // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
  #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT

  // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
  // (recommended for smaller displays)
  //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE

  // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
  //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG

  // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
  //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
#endif

//
// Classic UI Options
//
#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD
  //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
  //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
  //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
  //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
  //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
  //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
#endif

//
// LCD Backlight Timeout
// Requires a display with a controllable backlight
//
#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT_MINS 5  // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the backlight
#if defined(DISPLAY_SLEEP_MINUTES) || defined(LCD_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT_MINS)
  #define EDITABLE_DISPLAY_TIMEOUT      // Edit timeout with M255 S<minutes> and a menu item
#endif

//
// ADC Button Debounce
//
#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS
  #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16  // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast
#endif

// @section safety

/**
 * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
 * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
 *
 * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
 * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
 * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
 * interrupts are enabled.
 */
#define USE_WATCHDOG
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
  //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
#endif

// @section lcd

/**
 * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
 * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
 * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
 *
 * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
 */
#define BABYSTEPPING  // Ender Configs
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
  //#define EP_BABYSTEPPING                 // M293/M294 babystepping with EMERGENCY_PARSER support
  #define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING  // MRiscoC Enabled BbS without home
  #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE       // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement)  // MRiscoC Active BbS always
  //#define BABYSTEP_XY                     // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
  //#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z               // Enable if Z babysteps should go the other way
  //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS       // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps
  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z  40       // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep  // Ender Configs
  #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1       // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep

  //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING  // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
  #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
    #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250   // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
                                            // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
    //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE              // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
    #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
      #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1   // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
    #endif
  #endif

  //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL          // Display total babysteps since last G28

  //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET          // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
  #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
    //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET      // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
    //#define BABYSTEP_GFX_OVERLAY          // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
  #endif
#endif

// @section extruder

/**
 * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
 *
 * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
 * K=0 means advance disabled.
 *
 * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
 *
 * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
 * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
 * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
 * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
 *
 * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
 */
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
  #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS)
    #define ADVANCE_K { 0.22 }    // (mm) Compression length per 1mm/s extruder speed, per extruder
  #else
    #define ADVANCE_K 0.22        // (mm) Compression length applying to all extruders
  #endif
  //#define ADVANCE_K_EXTRA       // Add a second linear advance constant, configurable with M900 L.
  //#define LA_DEBUG              // Print debug information to serial during operation. Disable for production use.
  //#define ALLOW_LOW_EJERK       // Allow a DEFAULT_EJERK value of <10. Recommended for direct drive hotends.
  //#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2S_LA   // Allow I2S_STEPPER_STREAM to be used with LA. Performance degrades as the LA step rate reaches ~20kHz.
#endif

/**
 * Nonlinear Extrusion Control
 *
 * Control extrusion rate based on instantaneous extruder velocity. Can be used to correct for
 * underextrusion at high extruder speeds that are otherwise well-behaved (i.e., not skipping).
 */
//#define NONLINEAR_EXTRUSION

// @section leveling

/**
 * Use Safe Bed Leveling coordinates to move axes to a useful position before bed probing.
 * For example, after homing a rotational axis the Z probe might not be perpendicular to the bed.
 * Choose values the orient the bed horizontally and the Z-probe vertically.
 */
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_X 0.0
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_Y 0.0
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_Z 0.0
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_I 0.0
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_J 0.0
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_K 0.0
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_U 0.0
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_V 0.0
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_W 0.0

/**
 * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
 * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
 */
#if NEEDS_THREE_PROBE_POINTS
  //#define PROBE_PT_1 {  15, 180 }   // (mm) { x, y }
  //#define PROBE_PT_2 {  15,  20 }
  //#define PROBE_PT_3 { 170,  20 }
#endif

/**
 * Probing Margins
 *
 * Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate
 * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
 * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
 * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
 * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
 *
 * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
 * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
 * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
 * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
 *
 * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
 * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
 * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
 * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
 */
#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
  //#define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN
  //#define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN
  //#define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN
  //#define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN
#endif

#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
  // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
  #define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
  #define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
  #define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
  #define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
#endif

#if ALL(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS)
  //#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE  // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space
#endif

/**
 * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
 * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
 */
//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
  #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
  #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
  /**
   * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
   * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
   */
  #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
  #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
  #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"

#endif

// @section probes

/**
 * Thermal Probe Compensation
 *
 * Adjust probe measurements to compensate for distortion associated with the temperature
 * of the probe, bed, and/or hotend.
 * Use G76 to automatically calibrate this feature for probe and bed temperatures.
 * (Extruder temperature/offset values must be calibrated manually.)
 * Use M871 to set temperature/offset values manually.
 * For more details see https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/probe_temp_compensation.html
 */
//#define PTC_PROBE    // Compensate based on probe temperature
//#define PTC_BED      // Compensate based on bed temperature
//#define PTC_HOTEND   // Compensate based on hotend temperature

#if ANY(PTC_PROBE, PTC_BED, PTC_HOTEND)
  /**
   * If the probe is outside the defined range, use linear extrapolation with the closest
   * point and the point with index PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION. e.g., If set to 4 it will use the
   * linear extrapolation between data[0] and data[4] for values below PTC_PROBE_START.
   */
  //#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4

  #if ENABLED(PTC_PROBE)
    // Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_PROBE_START
    // (e.g., 30), in steps of PTC_PROBE_RES (e.g., 5) with PTC_PROBE_COUNT (e.g., 10) samples.
    #define PTC_PROBE_START   30    // (Â°C)
    #define PTC_PROBE_RES      5    // (Â°C)
    #define PTC_PROBE_COUNT   10
    #define PTC_PROBE_ZOFFS   { 0 } // (Âµm) Z adjustments per sample
  #endif

  #if ENABLED(PTC_BED)
    // Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table.
    #define PTC_BED_START     60    // (Â°C)
    #define PTC_BED_RES        5    // (Â°C)
    #define PTC_BED_COUNT     10
    #define PTC_BED_ZOFFS     { 0 } // (Âµm) Z adjustments per sample
  #endif

  #if ENABLED(PTC_HOTEND)
    // Note: There is no automatic calibration for the hotend. Use M871.
    #define PTC_HOTEND_START 180    // (Â°C)
    #define PTC_HOTEND_RES     5    // (Â°C)
    #define PTC_HOTEND_COUNT  20
    #define PTC_HOTEND_ZOFFS  { 0 } // (Âµm) Z adjustments per sample
  #endif

  // G76 options
  #if ALL(PTC_PROBE, PTC_BED)
    // Park position to wait for probe cooldown
    #define PTC_PARK_POS   { 0, 0, 100 }

    // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature
    //#define PTC_PROBE_POS  { 12.0f, 7.3f } // Example: MK52 magnetic heatbed
    #define PTC_PROBE_POS  { 90, 100 }

    // The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during
    // bed temperature calibration.
    #define PTC_PROBE_TEMP    30  // (Â°C)

    // Height above Z=0.0 to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster.
    // Note: The Z=0.0 offset is determined by the probe Z offset (e.g., as set with M851 Z).
    #define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5  // (mm)
  #endif
#endif // PTC_PROBE || PTC_BED || PTC_HOTEND

// @section extras

//
// G60/G61 Position Save and Return
//
//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1         // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes

//
// G2/G3 Arc Support
//
#define ARC_SUPPORT                   // Requires ~3226 bytes
#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
  #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENT_MM      0.1 // (mm) Minimum length of each arc segment
  #define MAX_ARC_SEGMENT_MM      1.0 // (mm) Maximum length of each arc segment
  #define MIN_CIRCLE_SEGMENTS    72   // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
  //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50   // Use the feedrate to choose the segment length
  #define N_ARC_CORRECTION       25   // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
  #define ARC_P_CIRCLES             // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles  // MRiscoC Enabled
  //#define SF_ARC_FIX                // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure
#endif

// G5 BÃ©zier Curve Support with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT        // Requires ~2666 bytes

#if ANY(ARC_SUPPORT, BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT)
  //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES      // Allow G2/G3/G5 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
#endif

/**
 * Direct Stepping
 *
 * Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly
 * reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in
 * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance.
 * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon
 */
//#define DIRECT_STEPPING

/**
 * G38 Probe Target
 *
 * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
 * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
 * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
 */
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
  //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY        // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
  #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
#endif

// @section motion

// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 4  // MRiscoC Increase little movements accuracy

/**
 * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
 *     0 : No delay (Expect at least 10ÂµS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
 *    20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
 *   200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
 *   400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
 *   500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
 *   650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
 *  1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
 * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
 *
 * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
 */
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650

/**
 * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in Âµs)
 *   0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
 *   0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
 *   1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
 *   2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
 *   3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
 *  30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
 *
 * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
 */
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2

/**
 * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
 *  If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
 *  5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
 *  1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
 *  500000  : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
 *  250000  : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
 *  150000  : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
 *   15000  : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
 *
 * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
 */
//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000

// @section temperature

// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL

//===========================================================================
//================================= Buffers =================================
//===========================================================================

// @section gcode

// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once.
#if ALL(HAS_MEDIA, DIRECT_STEPPING)
  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE  8
#elif HAS_MEDIA
  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
#else
  #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
#endif

// @section serial

// The ASCII buffer for serial input
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
#define BUFSIZE 16  // MRiscoC Increase buffer for Octoprint

// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
// To save 386 bytes of flash (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 64  // MRiscoC Increase buffer for Octoprint

// Host Receive Buffer Size
// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024

#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
  // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
  // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
  //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
#endif

#if HAS_MEDIA
  // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
  // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
  //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED

  // Enable this option to collect and display the number
  // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
  //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
#endif

// Monitor RX buffer usage
// Dump an error to the serial port if the serial receive buffer overflows.
// If you see these errors, increase the RX_BUFFER_SIZE value.
// Not supported on all platforms.
//#define RX_BUFFER_MONITOR

/**
 * Emergency Command Parser
 *
 * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they
 * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
 * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876
 * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms.
 */
#define EMERGENCY_PARSER  // MRiscoC Enabled instantaneous response to emergency commands

/**
 * Realtime Reporting (requires EMERGENCY_PARSER)
 *
 * - Report position and state of the machine (like Grbl).
 * - Auto-report position during long moves.
 * - Useful for CNC/LASER.
 *
 * Adds support for commands:
 *  S000 : Report State and Position while moving.
 *  P000 : Instant Pause / Hold while moving.
 *  R000 : Resume from Pause / Hold.
 *
 * - During Hold all Emergency Parser commands are available, as usual.
 * - Enable NANODLP_Z_SYNC and NANODLP_ALL_AXIS for move command end-state reports.
 */
//#define REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS
#if ENABLED(REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS)
  //#define FULL_REPORT_TO_HOST_FEATURE   // Auto-report the machine status like Grbl CNC
#endif

/**
 * Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
 * Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
 * Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
 * This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
 */
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // (ms)

// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
#define ADVANCED_OK  // MRiscoC better management of buffer by host

// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION

// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point
//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4

/**
 * This feature is EXPERIMENTAL so use with caution and test thoroughly.
 * Enable this option to receive data on the serial ports via the onboard DMA
 * controller for more stable and reliable high-speed serial communication.
 * Only some STM32 MCUs are currently supported.
 * Note: This has no effect on emulated USB serial ports.
 */
//#define SERIAL_DMA

/**
 * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
 * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
 *
 * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
 * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
 */
#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0

// @section extras

/**
 * Extra Fan Speed
 * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
 *   'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
 *   'M106 P<fan> T2'     : Use the set secondary speed
 *   'M106 P<fan> T1'     : Restore the previous fan speed
 */
//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED

// @section gcode

/**
 * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
 *
 * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
 * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
 *
 * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
 * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
 * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
 *
 * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
 *
 * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
 */
#define FWRETRACT  // MRiscoC Enabled support for firmware based retract
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
  //#define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT             // Override slicer retractions  // MRiscoC use slicer retract
  #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
    #define MIN_AUTORETRACT             0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
    #define MAX_AUTORETRACT            10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
  #endif
  #define RETRACT_LENGTH                5   // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)  // MRiscoC Bowden
  #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP          13   // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
  #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE             40   // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting  // MRiscoC Bowden
  #define RETRACT_ZRAISE                0.2   // (mm) Default retract Z-raise  // MRiscoC Bowden
  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH        0   // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP   0   // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE      40   // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction  // MRiscoC Bowden
  #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8   // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
  #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
    //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING           // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
  #endif
#endif

// @section tool change

/**
 * Universal tool change settings.
 * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
 */
#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER
  // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
  #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE                 2 // (mm)
  //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT  // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled)
  //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN              // Never return to previous position on tool-change
  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN)
    //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X"   // Extra G-code to run after tool-change
  #endif

  /**
   * Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change commands. Can be used to use an additional
   * stepper motor (e.g., I axis in Configuration.h) to drive the tool-changer.
   */
  //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T0 "G28 A\nG1 A0"  // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T0
  //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T1 "G1 A10"        // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T1
  //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_ALWAYS_RUN         // Always execute above G-code sequences. Use with caution!

  /**
   * Consider coordinates for EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_Tx as relative to T0
   * so that moves in the specified axes are the same for all tools.
   */
  //#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_X   // Use X position relative to Tool 0
  //#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_Y   // Use Y position relative to Tool 0
  //#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_Z   // Use Z position relative to Tool 0

  /**
   * Tool Sensors detect when tools have been picked up or dropped.
   * Requires the pins TOOL_SENSOR1_PIN, TOOL_SENSOR2_PIN, etc.
   */
  //#define TOOL_SENSOR

  /**
   * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce
   * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions.
   */
  //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
    // Load / Unload
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH              12  // (mm) Load / Unload length
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH  0  // (mm) Extra length for better restart. Adjust with LCD or M217 B.
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED   (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading)
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down)

    // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra priming length
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED    (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT         0  // (mm) Cutting retraction out of park, for less stringing, better wipe, etc. Adjust with LCD or M217 G.

    // Cool after prime to reduce stringing
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN                 -1  // Fan index or -1 to skip
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED          255  // 0-255
    #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME            10  // (seconds)

    // Use TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED feedrate the first time each extruder is primed
    //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_SLOW_FIRST_PRIME

    /**
     * Prime T0 the first time T0 is sent to the printer:
     *  [ Power-On -> T0 { Activate & Prime T0 } -> T1 { Retract T0, Activate & Prime T1 } ]
     * If disabled, no priming on T0 until switching back to T0 from another extruder:
     *  [ Power-On -> T0 { T0 Activated } -> T1 { Activate & Prime T1 } -> T0 { Retract T1, Activate & Prime T0 } ]
     * Enable with M217 V1 before printing to avoid unwanted priming on host connect.
     */
    //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED

    /**
     * Tool Change Migration
     * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print.
     * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue.
     * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply.
     * Useful to:
     *   - Change filament color without interruption
     *   - Switch spools automatically on filament runout
     *   - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam
     */
    #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE
    #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE)
      // Override toolchange settings
      // By default tool migration uses regular toolchange settings.
      // With a prime tower, tool-change swapping/priming occur inside the bed.
      // When migrating to a new unprimed tool you can set override values below.
      //#define MIGRATION_ZRAISE            0 // (mm)

      // Longer prime to clean out
      //#define MIGRATION_FS_EXTRA_PRIME    0 // (mm) Extra priming length
      //#define MIGRATION_FS_WIPE_RETRACT   0 // (mm) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc.

      // Cool after prime to reduce stringing
      //#define MIGRATION_FS_FAN_SPEED    255 // 0-255
      //#define MIGRATION_FS_FAN_TIME       0 // (seconds)
    #endif
  #endif

  /**
   * Position to park head during tool change.
   * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
   */
  //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
  #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY    { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
    #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000  // (mm/min)
    //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY          // X axis only move
    //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY          // Y axis only move
    #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE)
      //#define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_DO_PARK  // Force park (or no-park) on migration
    #endif
  #endif
#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER

// @section advanced pause

/**
 * Advanced Pause for Filament Change
 *  - Adds the G-code M600 Filament Change to initiate a filament change.
 *  - This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
 *
 * Requirements:
 *  - For Filament Change parking enable and configure NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
 *  - For user interaction enable an LCD display, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, or EMERGENCY_PARSER.
 *
 * Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park.
 */
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE  // MRiscoC Enabled
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE         60  // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
  #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH            2  // (mm) Initial retract.
                                                  // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE     20  // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.  // MRiscoC Increased filament unload speed
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL        25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH      100  // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual unloading.
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE   6  // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
                                                  // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE   12  // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.  // MRiscoC Increased filament load speed
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL     25  // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH     0  // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
                                                  //   For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
                                                  //   For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE       // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE        3  // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH         50  // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
                                                  //   Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
                                                  //   Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
                                                  //   until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
  #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME          0  // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
  //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE             // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.

                                                  // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT       13  // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY       5000  // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH         8  // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
  #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE      25  // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload

  #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT           90  // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
  #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS         10  // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
  #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT           // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
  //#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT      // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again.
  //#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME              // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing.

  #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE                    // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.  // MRiscoC Enabled park head when pause command was issued
  //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE           // If needed, home before parking for filament change

  #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES           // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.  // MRiscoC Enabled load/unload Filament G-codes
  //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS         // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
  #define CONFIGURE_FILAMENT_CHANGE               // Add M603 G-code and menu items. Requires ~1.3K bytes of flash.
#endif

// @section tmc_smart

/**
 * Trinamic Smart Drivers
 *
 * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode:
 *  - Connect your SPI pins to the Hardware SPI interface on the board.
 *    Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation.
 *  - Define the required Stepper CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file.
 *    (See the RAMPS pins, for example.)
 *  - You can also use Software SPI with GPIO pins instead of Hardware SPI.
 *
 * To use TMC220x stepper drivers with Serial UART:
 *  - Connect PDN_UART to the #_SERIAL_TX_PIN through a 1K resistor.
 *    For reading capabilities also connect PDN_UART to #_SERIAL_RX_PIN with no resistor.
 *    Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation.
 *  - These drivers can also be used with Hardware Serial.
 *
 * The TMC26XStepper library is required for TMC26X stepper drivers.
 *   https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/TMC26XStepper
 *
 * The TMCStepper library is required for other TMC stepper drivers.
 *   https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
 *
 * @section tmc/config
 */
#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG || HAS_TMC26X

  #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER    0.5  // Scales down the holding current from run current

  /**
   * Interpolate microsteps to 256
   * Override for each driver with <driver>_INTERPOLATE settings below
   */
  #define INTERPOLATE      true

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X)
    #define X_CURRENT       800        // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
    #define X_CURRENT_HOME  X_CURRENT  // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
    #define X_MICROSTEPS     16        // 0..256
    #define X_RSENSE          0.11     // Multiplied x1000 for TMC26X
    #define X_CHAIN_POS      -1        // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ...
    //#define X_INTERPOLATE  true      // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis
    //#define X_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5    // Enable to override 'HOLD_MULTIPLIER' for the X axis
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X2)
    #define X2_CURRENT      X_CURRENT
    #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT_HOME
    #define X2_MICROSTEPS   X_MICROSTEPS
    #define X2_RSENSE       X_RSENSE
    #define X2_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define X2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y)
    #define Y_CURRENT       800
    #define Y_CURRENT_HOME  Y_CURRENT
    #define Y_MICROSTEPS     16
    #define Y_RSENSE          0.11
    #define Y_CHAIN_POS      -1
    //#define Y_INTERPOLATE  true
    //#define Y_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y2)
    #define Y2_CURRENT      Y_CURRENT
    #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT_HOME
    #define Y2_MICROSTEPS   Y_MICROSTEPS
    #define Y2_RSENSE       Y_RSENSE
    #define Y2_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define Y2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z)
    #define Z_CURRENT       800
    #define Z_CURRENT_HOME  Z_CURRENT
    #define Z_MICROSTEPS     16
    #define Z_RSENSE          0.11
    #define Z_CHAIN_POS      -1
    //#define Z_INTERPOLATE  true
    //#define Z_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z2)
    #define Z2_CURRENT      Z_CURRENT
    #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME
    #define Z2_MICROSTEPS   Z_MICROSTEPS
    #define Z2_RSENSE       Z_RSENSE
    #define Z2_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define Z2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z3)
    #define Z3_CURRENT      Z_CURRENT
    #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME
    #define Z3_MICROSTEPS   Z_MICROSTEPS
    #define Z3_RSENSE       Z_RSENSE
    #define Z3_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define Z3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z4)
    #define Z4_CURRENT      Z_CURRENT
    #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME
    #define Z4_MICROSTEPS   Z_MICROSTEPS
    #define Z4_RSENSE       Z_RSENSE
    #define Z4_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define Z4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(I)
    #define I_CURRENT      800
    #define I_CURRENT_HOME I_CURRENT
    #define I_MICROSTEPS    16
    #define I_RSENSE         0.11
    #define I_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define I_INTERPOLATE  true
    //#define I_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(J)
    #define J_CURRENT      800
    #define J_CURRENT_HOME J_CURRENT
    #define J_MICROSTEPS    16
    #define J_RSENSE         0.11
    #define J_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define J_INTERPOLATE  true
    //#define J_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(K)
    #define K_CURRENT      800
    #define K_CURRENT_HOME K_CURRENT
    #define K_MICROSTEPS    16
    #define K_RSENSE         0.11
    #define K_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define K_INTERPOLATE  true
    //#define K_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(U)
    #define U_CURRENT      800
    #define U_CURRENT_HOME U_CURRENT
    #define U_MICROSTEPS     8
    #define U_RSENSE         0.11
    #define U_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define U_INTERPOLATE  true
    //#define U_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(V)
    #define V_CURRENT      800
    #define V_CURRENT_HOME V_CURRENT
    #define V_MICROSTEPS     8
    #define V_RSENSE         0.11
    #define V_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define V_INTERPOLATE  true
    //#define V_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(W)
    #define W_CURRENT      800
    #define W_CURRENT_HOME W_CURRENT
    #define W_MICROSTEPS     8
    #define W_RSENSE         0.11
    #define W_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define W_INTERPOLATE  true
    //#define W_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E0)
    #define E0_CURRENT      800
    #define E0_MICROSTEPS    16
    #define E0_RSENSE         0.11
    #define E0_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define E0_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E1)
    #define E1_CURRENT      E0_CURRENT
    #define E1_MICROSTEPS   E0_MICROSTEPS
    #define E1_RSENSE       E0_RSENSE
    #define E1_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define E1_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E2)
    #define E2_CURRENT      E0_CURRENT
    #define E2_MICROSTEPS   E0_MICROSTEPS
    #define E2_RSENSE       E0_RSENSE
    #define E2_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define E2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E3)
    #define E3_CURRENT      E0_CURRENT
    #define E3_MICROSTEPS   E0_MICROSTEPS
    #define E3_RSENSE       E0_RSENSE
    #define E3_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define E3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E4)
    #define E4_CURRENT      E0_CURRENT
    #define E4_MICROSTEPS   E0_MICROSTEPS
    #define E4_RSENSE       E0_RSENSE
    #define E4_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define E4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E5)
    #define E5_CURRENT      E0_CURRENT
    #define E5_MICROSTEPS   E0_MICROSTEPS
    #define E5_RSENSE       E0_RSENSE
    #define E5_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define E5_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E6)
    #define E6_CURRENT      E0_CURRENT
    #define E6_MICROSTEPS   E0_MICROSTEPS
    #define E6_RSENSE       E0_RSENSE
    #define E6_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define E6_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E7)
    #define E7_CURRENT      E0_CURRENT
    #define E7_MICROSTEPS   E0_MICROSTEPS
    #define E7_RSENSE       E0_RSENSE
    #define E7_CHAIN_POS     -1
    //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true
    //#define E7_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
  #endif

  // @section tmc/spi

  /**
   * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
   * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
   */
  //#define X_CS_PIN      -1
  //#define Y_CS_PIN      -1
  //#define Z_CS_PIN      -1
  //#define X2_CS_PIN     -1
  //#define Y2_CS_PIN     -1
  //#define Z2_CS_PIN     -1
  //#define Z3_CS_PIN     -1
  //#define Z4_CS_PIN     -1
  //#define I_CS_PIN      -1
  //#define J_CS_PIN      -1
  //#define K_CS_PIN      -1
  //#define U_CS_PIN      -1
  //#define V_CS_PIN      -1
  //#define W_CS_PIN      -1
  //#define E0_CS_PIN     -1
  //#define E1_CS_PIN     -1
  //#define E2_CS_PIN     -1
  //#define E3_CS_PIN     -1
  //#define E4_CS_PIN     -1
  //#define E5_CS_PIN     -1
  //#define E6_CS_PIN     -1
  //#define E7_CS_PIN     -1

  /**
   * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
   * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
   * but you can override or define them here.
   */
  //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
  //#define TMC_SPI_MOSI  -1
  //#define TMC_SPI_MISO  -1
  //#define TMC_SPI_SCK   -1

  // @section tmc/serial

  /**
   * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
   * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
   * Address | MS1  | MS2
   *       0 | LOW  | LOW
   *       1 | HIGH | LOW
   *       2 | LOW  | HIGH
   *       3 | HIGH | HIGH
   *
   * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
   * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
   */
  //#define  X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define  Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define  Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define  I_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define  J_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define  K_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define  U_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define  V_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define  W_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
  //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0

  // @section tmc/smart

  /**
   * Software enable
   *
   * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
   * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
   */
  //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE

  // @section tmc/stealthchop

  /**
   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
   * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
   * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
   */
  #if HAS_STEALTHCHOP
    #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
    #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
    #define STEALTHCHOP_I
    #define STEALTHCHOP_J
    #define STEALTHCHOP_K
    #define STEALTHCHOP_U
    #define STEALTHCHOP_V
    #define STEALTHCHOP_W
    #define STEALTHCHOP_E
  #endif

  /**
   * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
   * or with the help of an example included in the library.
   * Provided parameter sets are
   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
   * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
   * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V   // 0.9 degree steppers (24V)
   * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official PrÅ¯Å¡a firmware for MK3 (24V)
   * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119   // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
   *
   * Define your own with:
   * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
   */
  #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V        // All axes (override below)  // MRiscoC Correct value for UART mode drivers
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For X Axes (override below)
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For Y Axes (override below)
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Y
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For Z Axes (override below)
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_I  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For I Axis
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_J  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For J Axis
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_K  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For K Axis
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_U  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For U Axis
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_V  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For V Axis
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_W  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For W Axis
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E  CHOPPER_TIMING        // For Extruders (override below)
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
  //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_TIMING_E

  // @section tmc/status

  /**
   * Monitor Trinamic drivers
   * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground.
   * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears.
   * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
   * Relevant G-codes:
   * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
   * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
   * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
   * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
   */
  //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS

  #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
    #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN     50  // [mA]
    #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
    #define STOP_ON_ERROR
  #endif

  // @section tmc/hybrid

  /**
   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
   * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
   * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
   * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
   * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
   */
  //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD

  #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100  // [mm/s]
  #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
  #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     100
  #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD    100
  #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
  #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
  #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
  #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD      3
  #define I_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3  // [linear=mm/s, rotational=Â°/s]
  #define J_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3  // [linear=mm/s, rotational=Â°/s]
  #define K_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3  // [linear=mm/s, rotational=Â°/s]
  #define U_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3  // [mm/s]
  #define V_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
  #define W_HYBRID_THRESHOLD       3
  #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
  #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
  #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
  #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
  #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
  #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
  #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30
  #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD     30

  /**
   * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z.
   *
   * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
   * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
   * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
   *
   * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
   * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
   *
   *  Sensitivity   TMC2209   Others
   *    HIGHEST       255      -64    (Too sensitive => False positive)
   *    LOWEST         0        63    (Too insensitive => No trigger)
   *
   * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }.
   *
   * SPI_ENDSTOPS  *** TMC2130/TMC5160 Only ***
   * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
   * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
   *
   * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
   * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
   *
   * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis.
   * @section tmc/stallguard
   */
  //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only

  #if ANY(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
    // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
    #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
    #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY
    //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
    //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
    //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
    //#define I_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    //#define J_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    //#define K_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    //#define U_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    //#define V_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    //#define W_STALL_SENSITIVITY  8
    //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS              // TMC2130/TMC5160 only
    //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
  #endif

  // @section tmc/config

  /**
   * TMC Homing stepper phase.
   *
   * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute
   * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values
   * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions).
   * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque.
   *
   * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis.
   */
   //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 }

  /**
   * Step on both rising and falling edge signals (as with a square wave).
   */
  #define EDGE_STEPPING  // Ender Configs

  /**
   * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
   * M122 S0/1 will enable continuous reporting.
   */
  //#define TMC_DEBUG

  /**
   * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
   * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
   * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
   *
   * Example:
   * #define TMC_ADV() { \
   *   stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
   *   stepperY.intpol(0); \
   * }
   */
  #define TMC_ADV() {  }

#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG || HAS_TMC26X

// @section i2cbus

//
// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control
// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library.
//
//#define I2C_MASTER_ID  1  // Set a value from 0 to 2

/**
 * TWI/I2C BUS
 *
 * This feature is EXPERIMENTAL but may be useful for custom I2C peripherals.
 * Enable this to send and receive I2C data from slave devices on the bus.
 *
 * ; Example #1
 * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
 * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
 * M260 A99  ; Target slave address
 * M260 B77  ; M
 * M260 B97  ; a
 * M260 B114 ; r
 * M260 B108 ; l
 * M260 B105 ; i
 * M260 B110 ; n
 * M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
 *
 * ; Example #2
 * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
 * M261 A99 B5
 *
 * ; Example #3
 * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
 * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
 */

//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS)
  #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS  0  // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
#endif

// @section photo

/**
 * Photo G-code
 * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
 * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
 */
//#define PHOTO_GCODE
#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
  // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
  //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 }  // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
  //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS   100                            // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
  //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM   6.5                          // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)

  // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
  // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
  //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23

  // Canon Hack Development Kit
  // https://web.archive.org/web/20200920094805/https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
  //#define CHDK_PIN        4

  // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS }  // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)

  // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
  //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS   50 // (ms) (M240 D)

  /**
   * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model.
   * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz.
   * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough.
   * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.)
   *
   *  Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq
   *                     IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7
   */
  //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 }  // (Âµs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation
  #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US
    #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (Âµs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation
  #endif
#endif

// @section cnc

/**
 * Spindle & Laser control
 *
 * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
 * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
 *
 * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
 * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
 * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
 *
 * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
 * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
 *
 * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/2.0.9/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
 */
//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
//#define LASER_FEATURE
#if ANY(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
  #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE    LOW    // Set to "HIGH" if SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN is active HIGH

  #define SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM                // Enable if your controller supports setting the speed/power
  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
    #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT    false  // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
    #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY     2500   // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR, ESP32, and LPC)
                                               // ESP32: If SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is onboard then <=78125Hz. For I2S expander
                                               //  the frequency determines the PWM resolution. 2500Hz = 0-100, 977Hz = 0-255, ...
                                               //  (250000 / SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY) = max value.
  #endif

  //#define AIR_EVACUATION                     // Cutter Vacuum / Laser Blower motor control with G-codes M10-M11
  #if ENABLED(AIR_EVACUATION)
    #define AIR_EVACUATION_ACTIVE       LOW    // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH
    //#define AIR_EVACUATION_PIN        42     // Override the default Cutter Vacuum or Laser Blower pin
  #endif

  //#define AIR_ASSIST                         // Air Assist control with G-codes M8-M9
  #if ENABLED(AIR_ASSIST)
    #define AIR_ASSIST_ACTIVE           LOW    // Active state on air assist pin
    //#define AIR_ASSIST_PIN            44     // Override the default Air Assist pin
  #endif

  //#define SPINDLE_SERVO                      // A servo converting an angle to spindle power
  #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO
    #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR   0               // Index of servo used for spindle control
    #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10               // Minimum angle for servo spindle
  #endif

  /**
   * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of:
   *  - PWM255  (S0 - S255)
   *  - PERCENT (S0 - S100)
   *  - RPM     (S0 - S50000)  Best for use with a spindle
   *  - SERVO   (S0 - S180)
   */
  #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255

  /**
   * Relative Cutter Power
   * Normally, 'M3 O<power>' sets
   * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX.
   * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX
   * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX).
   * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM
   */
  //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE              // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX]

  #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
    //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR               // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
    #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP            // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
    #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR          false  // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed

    #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
    #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop

    /**
     * M3/M4 Power Equation
     *
     * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control.
     * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM.
     *
     * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE
     * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE
     */
    #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
      #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT       0    // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage
      #define SPEED_POWER_MIN          5000    // (RPM)
      #define SPEED_POWER_MAX         30000    // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
      #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP     25000    // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments)
    #endif

  #else

    #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
      #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT       0    // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage
      #define SPEED_POWER_MIN             0    // (%) 0-100
      #define SPEED_POWER_MAX           100    // (%) 0-100
      #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP        80    // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments)
    #endif

    // Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function
    #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN           1   // (ms) Used with Laser Control Menu
    #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX         999   // (ms) Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters

    #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY   50   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
    #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50   // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop

   /**
    * Laser Safety Timeout
    *
    * The laser should be turned off when there is no movement for a period of time.
    * Consider material flammability, cut rate, and G-code order when setting this
    * value. Too low and it could turn off during a very slow move; too high and
    * the material could ignite.
    */
    #define LASER_SAFETY_TIMEOUT_MS     1000   // (ms)

    /**
     * Any M3 or G1/2/3/5 command with the 'I' parameter enables continuous inline power mode.
     *
     * e.g., 'M3 I' enables continuous inline power which is processed by the planner.
     * Power is stored in move blocks and applied when blocks are processed by the Stepper ISR.
     *
     * 'M4 I' sets dynamic mode which uses the current feedrate to calculate a laser power OCR value.
     *
     * Any move in dynamic mode will use the current feedrate to calculate the laser power.
     * Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
     * Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
     * The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
     * More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
     *
     * M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
     */

    /**
     * Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
     * This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
     * CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
     * for a planner synchronization
     */
    //#define LASER_POWER_SYNC

    /**
     * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate.
     *
     * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed.
     * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid.
     * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate.
     */
    //#define LASER_POWER_TRAP

    //
    // Laser I2C Ammeter (High precision INA226 low/high side module)
    //
    //#define I2C_AMMETER
    #if ENABLED(I2C_AMMETER)
      #define I2C_AMMETER_IMAX            0.1    // (Amps) Calibration value for the expected current range
      #define I2C_AMMETER_SHUNT_RESISTOR  0.1    // (Ohms) Calibration shunt resistor value
    #endif

    //
    // Laser Coolant Flow Meter
    //
    //#define LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER
    #if ENABLED(LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER)
      #define FLOWMETER_PIN         20  // Requires an external interrupt-enabled pin (e.g., RAMPS 2,3,18,19,20,21)
      #define FLOWMETER_PPL       5880  // (pulses/liter) Flow meter pulses-per-liter on the input pin
      #define FLOWMETER_INTERVAL  1000  // (ms) Flow rate calculation interval in milliseconds
      #define FLOWMETER_SAFETY          // Prevent running the laser without the minimum flow rate set below
      #if ENABLED(FLOWMETER_SAFETY)
        #define FLOWMETER_MIN_LITERS_PER_MINUTE 1.5 // (liters/min) Minimum flow required when enabled
      #endif
    #endif

  #endif
#endif // SPINDLE_FEATURE || LASER_FEATURE

/**
 * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107
 *
 * Marlin normally applies M106/M107 fan speeds at a time "soon after" processing
 * a planner block. This is too inaccurate for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan
 * header (as with some add-on laser kits). Enable this option to set fan/laser
 * speeds with much more exact timing for improved print fidelity.
 *
 * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options.
 */
//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107

/**
 * Coolant Control
 *
 * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
 *
 * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
 */
//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
  #define COOLANT_MIST                // Enable if mist coolant is present
  #define COOLANT_FLOOD               // Enable if flood coolant is present
  #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT  false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
  #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false  // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
#endif

// @section filament width

/**
 * Filament Width Sensor
 *
 * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
 * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
 *
 * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
 * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
 * volume.
 *
 * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
 *
 *  34 RAMPS_14    : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
 *  81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
 * 301 RAMBO       : Analog input 3
 *
 * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
 */
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR

#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
  #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0    // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
  #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM        14    // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber

  #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN        1.0  // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
  #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY       20    // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.

  #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially

  // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
  //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
#endif

// @section power

/**
 * Power Monitor
 * Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W)
 *
 * Read and configure with M430
 *
 * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin
 * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin
 */
//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT   // Monitor the system current
//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE   // Monitor the system voltage

#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT)
  #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP    0.05000  // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp  - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF!
  #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET   0        // Offset (in amps) applied to the calculated current
  #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE   13.6      // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display)
#endif

#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE)
  #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT  0.077933  // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF!
  #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE_OFFSET  0         // Offset (in volts) applied to the calculated voltage
#endif

// @section safety

/**
 * Stepper Driver Anti-SNAFU Protection
 *
 * If the SAFE_POWER_PIN is defined for your board, Marlin will check
 * that stepper drivers are properly plugged in before applying power.
 * Disable protection if your stepper drivers don't support the feature.
 */
//#define DISABLE_DRIVER_SAFE_POWER_PROTECT

// @section cnc

/**
 * CNC Coordinate Systems
 *
 * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
 * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
 */
//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS

// @section security

/**
 * Expected Printer Check
 * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
 * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
 */
//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK

// @section volumetrics

/**
 * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
 */
//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS

#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
  /**
   * Volumetric extrusion default state
   * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
   * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
   *
   * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric).
   * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion.
   */
  //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON

  //#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT
  #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT)
    /**
     * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec).
     * This factory setting applies to all extruders.
     * Use 'M200 [T<extruder>] L<limit>' to override and 'M502' to reset.
     * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting.
     */
    #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT  0.00     // (mm^3/sec)
    #define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT_MAX     20        // (mm^3/sec)
  #endif
#endif

// @section reporting

/**
 * Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report
 */
//#define M114_DETAIL         // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations
//#define M114_REALTIME       // Real current position based on forward kinematics
//#define M114_LEGACY         // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed.

/**
 * Auto-report fan speed with M123 S<seconds>
 * Requires fans with tachometer pins
 */
//#define AUTO_REPORT_FANS

//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE   // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others)

/**
 * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
 */
#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
#if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES) && TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT
  //#define AUTO_REPORT_REDUNDANT // Include the "R" sensor in the auto-report
#endif

/**
 * Auto-report position with M154 S<seconds>
 */
//#define AUTO_REPORT_POSITION
#if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_POSITION)
  //#define AUTO_REPORT_REAL_POSITION // Auto-report the real position
#endif

/**
 * M115 - Report capabilites. Disable to save ~1150 bytes of flash.
 *        Some hosts (and serial TFT displays) rely on this feature.
 */
#define CAPABILITIES_REPORT
#if ENABLED(CAPABILITIES_REPORT)
  // Include capabilities in M115 output
  #define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
  #if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT)
    #define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT  // MRiscoC Enabled
  #endif
#endif

// @section gcode

/**
 * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the G-code parser
 */
#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER

#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER)
  //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS  // Support for quoted string parameters
#endif

/**
 * Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack)
 */
//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_1
//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_2

//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE  // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase

//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360     // Add commands originally from Repetier FW

/**
 * Enable M111 debug flags 1=ECHO, 2=INFO, 4=ERRORS (unimplemented).
 * Disable to save some flash. Some hosts (Repetier Host) may rely on this feature.
 */
#define DEBUG_FLAGS_GCODE

/**
 * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes
 * workspace offsets to slightly optimize performance.
 * G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
 */
#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS  // MRiscoC Save flash space and simplify movements

/**
 * Disable M206 and M428 if you don't need home offsets.
 */
#define NO_HOME_OFFSETS  // MRiscoC Save flash space and simplify movements

/**
 * CNC G-code options
 * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
 * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
 * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
 */
//#define PAREN_COMMENTS      // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES  // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.

// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min)
#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
  //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
#endif

/**
 * Startup commands
 *
 * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
 */
//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"

/**
 * G-code Macros
 *
 * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
 * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
 */
//#define GCODE_MACROS
#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS       5  // Up to 10 may be used
  #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE  50  // Maximum length of a single macro
#endif

/**
 * User-defined menu items to run custom G-code.
 * Up to 25 may be defined, but the actual number is LCD-dependent.
 */

// @section custom main menu

// Custom Menu: Main Menu
//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN)
  //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_TITLE "Custom Commands"
  #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
  #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
  //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_RETURN   // Return to status screen after a script
  #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_ONLY_IDLE         // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle

  #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Home & UBL Info"
  #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "G28\nG29 W"
  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM          // Show a confirmation dialog before this action

  #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
  #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM

  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM

  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM

  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Home & Info"
  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "G28\nM503"
  //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM
#endif

// @section custom config menu

// Custom Menu: Configuration Menu
//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG)
  //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_TITLE "Custom Commands"
  #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Wireless Script Done"
  #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
  //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_RETURN  // Return to status screen after a script
  #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_ONLY_IDLE        // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle

  #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Wifi ON"
  #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] WIFI-STA pwd=12345678"
  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM        // Show a confirmation dialog before this action

  #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Bluetooth ON"
  #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] BT pwd=12345678"
  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM

  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Radio OFF"
  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] OFF pwd=12345678"
  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM

  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Wifi ????"
  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M118 ????"
  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM

  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Wifi ????"
  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "M118 ????"
  //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM
#endif

// @section custom buttons

/**
 * User-defined buttons to run custom G-code.
 * Up to 25 may be defined.
 */
//#define CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS)
  //#define BUTTON1_PIN -1
  #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON1)
    #define BUTTON1_HIT_STATE     LOW       // State of the triggered button. NC=LOW. NO=HIGH.
    #define BUTTON1_WHEN_PRINTING false     // Button allowed to trigger during printing?
    #define BUTTON1_GCODE         "G28"
    #define BUTTON1_DESC          "Homing"  // Optional string to set the LCD status
  #endif

  //#define BUTTON2_PIN -1
  #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON2)
    #define BUTTON2_HIT_STATE     LOW
    #define BUTTON2_WHEN_PRINTING false
    #define BUTTON2_GCODE         "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
    #define BUTTON2_DESC          "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
  #endif

  //#define BUTTON3_PIN -1
  #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON3)
    #define BUTTON3_HIT_STATE     LOW
    #define BUTTON3_WHEN_PRINTING false
    #define BUTTON3_GCODE         "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
    #define BUTTON3_DESC          "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
  #endif
#endif

// @section host

/**
 * Host Action Commands
 *
 * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
 *
 * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
 * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
 * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
 *
 * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
 *
 * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
 * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
 */
#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS  // MRiscoC Enabled actions from host
#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
  //#define HOST_PAUSE_M76                // Tell the host to pause in response to M76
  #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT           // Initiate host prompts to get user feedback  // MRiscoC Enabled responses from host
  #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT)
    //#define HOST_STATUS_NOTIFICATIONS   // Send some status messages to the host as notifications
  #endif
  //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM          // Add a menu item that tells the host to start
  //#define HOST_SHUTDOWN_MENU_ITEM       // Add a menu item that tells the host to shut down
#endif

// @section extras

/**
 * Cancel Objects
 *
 * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
 */
#define CANCEL_OBJECTS  // MRiscoC Enabled M486 to skip objects
#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS)
  #define CANCEL_OBJECTS_REPORTING // Emit the current object as a status message
#endif

/**
 * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
 * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
 *
 * Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
 * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
 *
 * Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/products/magnetic-encoder-module
 * Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/
 *
 * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
 * @section i2c encoders
 */

//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)

  #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT         1                       // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
                                                            // encoders supported currently.

  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X     // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS          X_AXIS                  // Axis the encoder module is installed on.  <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR   // Type of encoder:  I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
                                                            // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT    2048                    // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
                                                            // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
                                                            // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV     (16 * 200)            // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
                                                            // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
  //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT                              // Invert the direction of axis travel.
  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP     // Type of error error correction.
  #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH     0.10                    // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
                                                            // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
                                                            // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
                                                            // measurement noise / latency (filter).

  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y     // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS          Y_AXIS
  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE          I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT    2048
  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV   (16 * 200)
  //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD     I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
  #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH     0.10

  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z     // Encoder 3.  Add additional configuration options
  #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS          Z_AXIS                  // as above, or use defaults below.

  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR          I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E     // Encoder 4.
  #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS          E_AXIS

  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR          34                      // Encoder 5.
  #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS          E_AXIS

  // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
  #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE            I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
  #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT  2048
  #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV       (16 * 200)
  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD       I2CPE_ECM_NONE
  #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH       0.1

  //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT  100.0                   // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
                                                            // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
                                                            // disable abort behavior.

  #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED        10000                   // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
                                                            // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
                                                            // is trusted again.

  /**
   * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
   * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
   * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
   */
  #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS     4                       // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.

  // Use a rolling average to identify persistent errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
  #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE

#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS

/**
 * Analog Joystick(s)
 * @section joystick
 */
//#define JOYSTICK
#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
  #define JOY_X_PIN    5  // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5  on AUX2
  #define JOY_Y_PIN   10  // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
  #define JOY_Z_PIN   12  // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
  #define JOY_EN_PIN  44  // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2

  //#define INVERT_JOY_X  // Enable if X direction is reversed
  //#define INVERT_JOY_Y  // Enable if Y direction is reversed
  //#define INVERT_JOY_Z  // Enable if Z direction is reversed

  // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
  #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
  #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
  #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
  //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG
#endif

/**
 * Mechanical Gantry Calibration
 * Modern replacement for the PrÅ¯Å¡a TMC_Z_CALIBRATION.
 * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers.
 * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated.
 * @section calibrate
 */
//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION
#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION)
  #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT          600     // Default calibration current in ma
  #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT      15     // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move
  #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE         500     // Feedrate for correction move
  //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN                 // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction

  //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle
  //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000  // XY Park Feedrate - MMM
  //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE   ""
  #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST  "G28"     // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position
#endif

/**
 * Instant freeze / unfreeze functionality
 * Potentially useful for emergency stop that allows being resumed.
 * @section interface
 */
//#define FREEZE_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(FREEZE_FEATURE)
  //#define FREEZE_PIN 41   // Override the default (KILL) pin here
  #define FREEZE_STATE LOW  // State of pin indicating freeze
#endif

/**
 * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
 *
 * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
 * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
 * @section debug matrix
 */
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
  #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN   64
  #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN   57
  #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN  44

  //#define MAX7219_GCODE          // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
  #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST    2   // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral
  #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1   // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
  #define MAX7219_ROTATE       0   // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90Â°)
                                   // connector at:  right=0   bottom=-90  top=90  left=180
  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER  // The order of the LED matrix units may be reversed
  //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_EACH   // The LEDs in each matrix unit row may be reversed
  //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE   // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side

  /**
   * Sample debug features
   * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
   */
  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE     // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD  2   // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL  4   // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row

  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0   // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
                                          // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
                                          // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
  #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE       6   // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
                                          // row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
                                          // See class CodeProfiler.
  //#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
  //#define MAX7219_DEBUG_SLOWDOWN      6 // Count (mod 16) how many times SLOWDOWN has reduced print speed.
#endif

/**
 * NanoDLP Sync support
 *
 * Support for Synchronized Z moves when used with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will
 * output a "Z_move_comp" string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure.
 * This feature allows you to use [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of M400 commands.
 * @section nanodlp
 */
//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
  //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS  // Send a "Z_move_comp" report for any axis move (not just Z).
#endif

/**
 * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address.
 * @section network
 */
#if HAS_ETHERNET
  #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D }  // A MAC address unique to your network
#endif

/**
 * Native ESP32 board with WiFi or add-on ESP32 WiFi-101 module
 */
//#define WIFISUPPORT         // Marlin embedded WiFi management. Not needed for simple WiFi serial port.
//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT   // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)

/**
 * Extras for an ESP32-based motherboard with WIFISUPPORT
 * These options don't apply to add-on WiFi modules based on ESP32 WiFi101.
 */
#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
  //#define WEBSUPPORT          // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) using SPIFFS
  //#define OTASUPPORT          // Support over-the-air firmware updates
  //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host

  /**
   * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with
   * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via
   * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public.
   *
   *   #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID"
   *   #define WIFI_PWD  "WiFi Password"
   */
  //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password
#endif

// @section multi-material

/**
 * PrÅ¯Å¡a Multi-Material Unit (MMU)
 * Enable in Configuration.h
 *
 * These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive
 * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors.
 */
#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1
  /**
   * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
   * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
   *
   * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
   * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
   */
  //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40  // Always Required
  //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42  // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
  //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44  // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2
  // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
  #define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2

  // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
  //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23

  // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
  //#define MMU2_MODE_12V

  // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
  #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"

  // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
  //#define MMU2_MENUS

  // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
  // This is for PrÅ¯Å¡a MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
  #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
  #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
    {  7.2, 1145 }, \
    { 14.4,  871 }, \
    { 36.0, 1393 }, \
    { 14.4,  871 }, \
    { 50.0,  198 }

  #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
    {   1.0, 1000 }, \
    {   1.0, 1500 }, \
    {   2.0, 2000 }, \
    {   1.5, 3000 }, \
    {   2.5, 4000 }, \
    { -15.0, 5000 }, \
    { -14.0, 1200 }, \
    {  -6.0,  600 }, \
    {  10.0,  700 }, \
    { -10.0,  400 }, \
    { -50.0, 2000 }

  /**
   * Using a sensor like the MMU2S
   * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S.
   * See https://help.prusa3d.com/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560#42048, step 11
   */
  #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S
    #define MMU2_C0_RETRY   5             // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries)

    #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800    // (mm/min)
    #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \
      {  0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \
      {  60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \
      { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }

    #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT   6.0   // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values
    #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8   // (mm) Acceptable deviation

    #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2   // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module
    #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \
      { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }

    // Continue unloading if sensor detects filament after the initial unload move
    //#define MMU_IR_UNLOAD_MOVE
  #else

    /**
     * MMU1 Extruder Sensor
     *
     * Support for a PrÅ¯Å¡a (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder
     * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament
     * sensor less than 38mm from the gears.
     *
     * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last
     * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts.
     * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered.
     */
    //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR
    #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR)
      #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail
    #endif

  #endif

  //#define MMU2_DEBUG  // Write debug info to serial output

#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2

/**
 * Advanced Print Counter settings
 * @section stats
 */
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
  #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES  3
  // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
  //#define SERVICE_NAME_1      "Service S"
  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1  100 // print hours
  //#define SERVICE_NAME_2      "Service L"
  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2  200 // print hours
  //#define SERVICE_NAME_3      "Service 3"
  //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3    1 // print hours
#endif

// @section develop

//
// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage
//
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER

//
// M42 - Set pin states
//
//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL

//
// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe
//
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING

// Enable Tests that will run at startup and produce a report
//#define MARLIN_TEST_BUILD

// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE

#if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE)
  /**
   * D576 - Buffer Monitoring
   * To help diagnose print quality issues stemming from empty command buffers.
   */
  //#define BUFFER_MONITORING
#endif

/**
 * Postmortem Debugging captures misbehavior and outputs the CPU status and backtrace to serial.
 * When running in the debugger it will break for debugging. This is useful to help understand
 * a crash from a remote location. Requires ~400 bytes of SRAM and 5Kb of flash.
 */
//#define POSTMORTEM_DEBUGGING

/**
 * Software Reset options
 */
//#define SOFT_RESET_VIA_SERIAL         // 'KILL' and '^X' commands will soft-reset the controller
//#define SOFT_RESET_ON_KILL            // Use a digital button to soft-reset the controller after KILL

// Report uncleaned reset reason from register r2 instead of MCUSR. Supported by Optiboot on AVR.
//#define OPTIBOOT_RESET_REASON